S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 7, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada	7990	88-0304799
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

(702) 567-7000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Peter C. Walsh

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

(702) 567-7000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With a copy to:

Jonathan Layne

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

2029 Century Park East

Los Angeles, California 90067

(310) 552-8641

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	x
Non-accelerated filer	¨	Smaller reporting company	¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered	Amount to be registered	Proposed maximum offering price per unit(1)	Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(1)	Amount of registration fee
7.50% Senior Notes due 2021	$800,000,000	100%	$800,000,000	$92,880
Guarantees of Subsidiaries*	$800,000,000	N/A(2)	N/A(2)	N/A(2)

(1) Exclusive of accrued interest, if any, and estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) No separate fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(n). The guarantees are not traded separately.

* Other Registrants

EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANTS AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER	STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION	PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER	I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Cactus Pete’s, Inc.	Nevada	7990	88-0069444
Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc.	Mississippi	7990	64-0827382
Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc.	Iowa	7990	93-1151022
Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc.	Nevada	7990	88-0360636
A.C. Food Services, Inc.	Nevada	7990	86-0885736
Ameristar Casino St. Louis, Inc.	Missouri	7990	43-1879218
Ameristar Casino Kansas City, Inc.	Missouri	7990	36-4401000
Ameristar Casino St. Charles, Inc.	Missouri	7990	36-4401002
Ameristar Casino Black Hawk, Inc.	Colorado	7990	20-1290693
Ameristar East Chicago Holdings, LLC	Indiana	7990	26-0302265
Ameristar Casino East Chicago, LLC	Indiana	7990	26-0302265

The registrant and co-registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant and the co-registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.

Subject to Completion, dated October 7, 2011

PROSPECTUS

$800,000,000

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,

on [—] 2011, unless extended.

The Exchange Notes:

• The terms of the registered 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes.

• We are offering the exchange notes pursuant to a registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes.

Material Terms of the Exchange Offer:

• The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [—], 2011, unless extended.

• Upon expiration of the exchange offer, all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged for an equal principal amount of the exchange notes.

• You may withdraw tendered outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

• The exchange offer is not subject to any minimum tender condition, but is subject to customary conditions.

• The exchange of the exchange notes for outstanding notes will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

• There is no existing public market for the outstanding notes or the exchange notes. We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or quotation system.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or the accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

None of the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Missouri Gaming Commission, the Mississippi Gaming Commission, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission, the Indiana Gaming Commission, the Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission or any other gaming regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete.

Prospectus dated [—], 2011

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you about Ameristar, its financial results or this offering other than the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. If given or made, any such other information or representation should not be relied upon as having been authorized by Ameristar.

Ameristar is not making an offer to sell or asking for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who can not legally be offered the securities.

The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date. The information in any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus is current only as of the date of any such document. For any time after the cover date of this prospectus, we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or that the information in this prospectus is correct — nor do we imply those things by delivering this prospectus or selling securities to you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	ii
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	ii
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES	iii
MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA	iii
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	iii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY	1
RISK FACTORS	16
USE OF PROCEEDS	28
CAPITALIZATION	29
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA	30
THE EXCHANGE OFFER	32
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS	41
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES	42
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM	89
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS	91
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	97
LEGAL MATTERS	98
EXPERTS	98

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it shall deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer shall not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

i

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus has been delivered, who makes a written or oral request, a copy of our filings and any and all of the documents referred to herein, including the registration rights agreement and the indenture for the notes, which are summarized in this prospectus, by writing or calling us at the following address or telephone number.

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Attn: Corporate Secretary

Telephone: (702) 567-7000

In order to ensure timely delivery, you must request the information no later than five business days before the expiration of the exchange offer.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

We incorporate by reference certain information we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Specifically, we incorporate by reference the documents listed below:

• Our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 16, 2011;

• Our definitive proxy statement filed on May 2, 2011;

• Our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011;

• Our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011;

• Our current reports on Form 8-K, as filed on the following dates: February 28, 2011; March 28, 2011; April 4, 2011; April 12, 2011; April 19, 2011; April 27, 2011; April 28, 2011; May 3, 2011; May 4, 2011; May 4, 2011; May 16, 2011; May 18, 2011; June 7, 2011; June 16, 2011; and September 15, 2011.

Unless stated otherwise in the applicable report, information furnished under Item 2.02 of our Current Reports on Form 8-K, including those listed above, is not incorporated herein by reference. All documents and reports filed by us pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) after the date of this prospectus and on or before the time that our offering of the exchange notes is completed are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus from the date of filing of such documents or reports, except as to any portion of any future annual, quarterly or current reports or proxy statements which is not deemed to be filed under those sections. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that any statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

The information in the above filings speaks only as of the respective dates thereof, or, where applicable, the dates identified therein. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the SEC’s regional offices. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information relating to the public reference room. These SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

ii

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and registration rights agreement without charge by writing to Ameristar Casinos, Inc., 3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490 South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

As presented herein, Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, other non-operating income and expenses, stock-based compensation, deferred compensation plan expense, non-operational professional fees, impairment charges related to fixed and intangible assets, loss on early retirement of debt, pre-opening and rebranding costs, ballot initiative costs, river flooding expenses and a one-time Black Hawk property tax adjustment. Adjusted EBITDA is a commonly used measure of performance in the gaming industry, as well as by other issuers and analysts, that we believe, when considered with measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, gives investors a more complete understanding of operating results before the impact of investing and financing transactions, income taxes and certain non-cash and non-recurring items and facilitates comparisons between us and our competitors. Adjusted EBITDA has several limitations that are discussed under the heading “Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Historical Financial and Other Data” in this prospectus, where we also include a quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss).

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

The data included in this prospectus or incorporated by reference regarding markets and ranking, including the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, are based on reports of government agencies or published industry sources and estimates based on Ameristar’s management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which Ameristar operates. These estimates have been based on information obtained from our trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Ameristar believes these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus or the date of such incorporated document, as applicable. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which Ameristar obtained some of the data for the estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. Ameristar cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference documents containing certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking statements. Words such as “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “expects,” “plans,” “is confident that,” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “may,” “should,” “would” and “could,” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Readers should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all uncertainties and risks throughout this prospectus, including those set forth or incorporated by reference under “Risk Factors.” The statements are representative only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

iii

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. We face risks that are inherent in the businesses and the marketplaces in which we operate. While management believes these forward-looking statements are accurate and reasonable, uncertainties, risks and factors, including those described below and under “Risk Factors,” could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements.

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those included, contemplated or implied by the forward-looking statements made, or incorporated by reference, in this prospectus, and the reader should not consider the above list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties.

iv

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

In this prospectus, the words “Ameristar,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” and “Company” refer to Ameristar Casinos, Inc., the issuer of the exchange notes, and its consolidated subsidiaries (except as otherwise indicated). The following summary contains basic information about the Company and this offering. It is not complete and likely does not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read this entire document and the documents we have referred you to, including the information described under the heading “Risk Factors” and the information incorporated by reference herein and therein, including the financial data and related notes, before making an investment decision.

The Company

Overview

We are a developer, owner and operator of casino entertainment facilities in local and regional markets in the United States. Founded in 1954, Ameristar has been a public company since November 1993. We currently own and operate eight properties in seven markets in Colorado, Indiana, Iowa, Mississippi, Missouri and Nevada. We believe that we benefit from the diversification of our properties. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated net revenues and operating income of $1,189.3 million and $140.1 million, respectively.

Our strategy is to capitalize on our high-quality facilities and products and our dedication to superior guest service to effectively compete in each of our markets and to drive growth that creates value for our stockholders. We believe the Ameristar experience differentiates us from our competitors. That experience is built upon our high-quality facilities and products, such as slots, food, lodging, entertainment and the friendly service our approximately 7,500 team members offer our guests. Our casinos feature spacious gaming floors and typically have the largest number of gaming positions in our markets. We believe we feature more of the newest and most popular slot machines than any other casino in each market. We design the flow of our casino floors to attractively position and draw attention to our newest and most popular games and provide convenient access to other amenities, which we believe creates a more entertaining experience for our guests.

Most of our revenue comes from slot play, but we also offer a wide range of table games, including blackjack, craps, roulette and poker, in the majority of our markets. We set minimum and maximum betting limits for the properties based on competitive conditions and other factors. Our gaming revenues are derived from a broad base of guests, and we do not depend exclusively upon high- or low-stakes players. We extend gaming credit at our properties in Indiana, Mississippi and Nevada.

We generally offer a greater variety of high-end lodging and dining choices than other casinos in our markets. Our hotels offer upscale accommodations with tastefully appointed rooms offering appealing amenities. Our signature dining concepts include steakhouses, elaborate buffets and casual dining restaurants, including sports bars. Whether in our steakhouses or delis, our emphasis is on quality in all aspects of the dining experience — food, service, ambiance and facilities. The private Star Clubs offer our elite levels of Star Awards members an exclusive place to relax at all Ameristar-branded properties. Our properties also showcase a range of live entertainment.

1

Properties

The following table presents selected statistical and other information concerning our properties as of August 31, 2011.

Property	Year Opened(1)		Casino Square Footage (approx)		# of Slots (approx)		# of Table Games(2)		# of Hotel Rooms			Restaurant /Bar Seating Capacity			# of Parking Spaces (approx)		2010 Property Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(3)
Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles		1994		130,000		2,750		72		397			1,752/193			6,280	$	86.6
Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City		1997		140,000		2,820		73		184			1,634/405	(4)		8,320	$	74.2
Ameristar Casino Hotel Council Bluffs		1996		38,500		1,560		28		444	(5)		1,020/67			3,080	$	58.0
Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk		2001		56,000		1,480		41		536			792/130			1,500	$	53.0
Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg		1994		70,000		1,550		42		149			746/297			2,460	$	48.7
Ameristar Casino Hotel East Chicago		1997		56,000		1,930		41		290			622/31	(4)		2,245	$	30.4
Jackpot Properties(6)		1956		29,000		760		37		416			530/126			1,100	$	17.3

(1) We acquired the St. Charles and Kansas City properties in 2000, the Black Hawk property in 2004 and the East Chicago property in 2007.

(2) Includes 19 poker tables at Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles, 15 poker tables at Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City, 17 poker tables at Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk, 10 poker tables at Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg and seven poker tables at the Jackpot properties.

(3) See “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial and Other Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and related reconciliations. Property Adjusted EBITDA excludes approximately $44.8 million of corporate and other expenses.

(4) Includes a 114-seat food court, featuring Sbarro and Burger King restaurants, and an Arthur Bryant’s Barbecue restaurant at Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City and a 51-seat Sbarro restaurant at Ameristar Casino Hotel East Chicago, all of which are leased to and operated by third parties.

(5) Includes 284 rooms operated by affiliates of Kinseth Hospitality Corporation and located on land owned by us and leased to affiliates of Kinseth.

(6) Includes the operations of Cactus Petes Resort Casino and The Horseshu Hotel and Casino.

Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles. Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles serves the greater St. Louis metropolitan market with a large casino and a variety of new amenities that opened in 2008, including our luxury all-suite hotel and spa. We believe the hotel’s expansive luxury suites rank among the greater St. Louis area’s most upscale accommodations. The hotel also features a 7,000-square-foot, full-service spa and an indoor/outdoor pool. The hotel holds the prestigious American Automobile Association (“AAA”) Four Diamond designation. The property has seven dining venues, a state-of-the-art conference and banquet center and several bars, some of which offer live entertainment.

The property is located immediately north of the Interstate 70 bridge at the Missouri River, strategically situated to attract patrons from the St. Charles and greater St. Louis areas, as well as tourists from outside the region. The property is in close proximity to the St. Charles convention facility. Interstate 70 is a 10-lane, east-west freeway offering easy access to, and direct visibility of, the Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles site.

2

Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City. Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City ranks among the largest state-licensed casino floors in the United States. Our 184-room hotel offers a mix of suites and standard rooms that feature custom finishes. Guests can select from nine restaurants and seven bars/lounges, some of which offer live entertainment.

Located seven miles from downtown Kansas City, Missouri, Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City attracts guests from the greater Kansas City area, as well as regional overnight guests. The property is in close proximity to the Interstate 435 bridge over the Missouri River. Interstate 435 is a six-lane, north-south expressway offering easy access to, and direct visibility of, Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City.

Ameristar Casino Hotel Council Bluffs. Opened in 1996, Ameristar Casino Hotel Council Bluffs serves the Omaha, Nebraska and southwestern Iowa markets. The property’s hotel and Main Street Pavilion comprise its landside facilities. Ameristar Casino Hotel Council Bluffs’ 160 rooms include luxury suites and king whirlpool rooms. Ameristar Council Bluffs has earned the AAA Four Diamond designation for 13 consecutive years. The property also offers dining, live entertainment and meeting space.

Located across the Missouri River from Omaha, the property is adjacent to the Nebraska Avenue exit on Interstate 29, immediately north of the junction of Interstate 29 and Interstate 80.

Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk. Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk is one of the largest casinos in Colorado and became a premier gaming and resort destination upon the opening of its new luxury hotel in 2009. The 33-story hotel tower includes 536 rooms and suites and a meeting and event center. In 2011, the hotel was awarded the AAA Four Diamond designation. It has Black Hawk’s only full-service spa, an enclosed rooftop swimming pool and indoor/outdoor whirlpool spas. We believe these amenities and services are unequaled in the Denver gaming market. The property also has four dining venues and several bars, some of which offer live entertainment.

Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk is located in the center of the Black Hawk gaming district, approximately 40 miles west of Denver, and it caters primarily to patrons from the Denver metropolitan area and surrounding states.

Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg. Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg has been the market leader for 16 consecutive years, a distinction we attribute to its superior location and premier product and dining and entertainment options. The property completed a major expansion in 2008, which included a casino expansion that added the market’s only live poker room, two new restaurants, a Star Club lounge and a new 1,000-space parking garage with direct access to the casino. The property’s 149-room hotel was also renovated in 2008. The three-level dockside casino is significantly wider than most other casinos in the market, providing a spacious, land-based feel. The property also offers our guests dining and live entertainment options.

Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg is located one-quarter mile north of Interstate 20 in Vicksburg, Mississippi. The property is visible from the highway exit ramp and is the closest casino to I-20, a major east-west thoroughfare that connects Atlanta and Dallas. Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg caters primarily to guests from the Vicksburg and Jackson, Mississippi and Monroe, Louisiana areas, along with tourists visiting the area.

Ameristar Casino Hotel East Chicago. Ameristar Casino Hotel East Chicago serves metropolitan Chicago and Northwest Indiana, the United States’ third-largest commercial gaming market. East Chicago’s dining choices include six restaurants and one bar. The property also features a 290-room hotel, banquet space and a Star Club players’ lounge.

3

We purchased the property, formerly known as Resorts East Chicago, in September 2007. In connection with its June 2008 rebranding, we completed a number of enhancements to the facility, including a remodeled casino floor featuring a new design and layout, an enhanced mix of games, improved food and beverage offerings and the introduction of Ameristar’s Star Awards players’ program.

Located approximately 25 miles from downtown Chicago, Illinois, Ameristar East Chicago currently draws approximately 70% of its guest base from Illinois, with the remaining 30% coming from Northwest Indiana and surrounding areas.

The Jackpot Properties. Cactus Petes Resort Casino and The Horseshu Hotel and Casino are located in Jackpot, Nevada, just south of the Idaho border. Cactus Petes has been operating since 1956. The properties’ resort amenities include 416 hotel rooms and suites, an Olympic-sized pool, a heated spa, a styling salon, a recreational vehicle park and access to a nearby 18-hole golf course. In addition, an adjacent general store and service station serve guests and regional travelers. The properties also offer several dining selections and a showroom showcasing live entertainment. A remodeling of the hotel tower at Cactus Petes was completed in 2008.

The properties are located on either side of Nevada State Highway 93, a major regional north-south route, and serve guests primarily from Idaho, and secondarily from Oregon, Washington, Montana, northern California and the southwestern Canadian provinces.

The following table presents a summary of the market characteristics and market performance of our Ameristar-branded properties as of December 31, 2010.

Property	2010 Market Share Rank		2010 Market Share			2009 Market Share			2010 Market Growth Rate			2010 Market Gaming Revenue (in millions)		No. of Market Participants		Adult Pop. Within 100 Miles		Adult Pop. Within 50 Miles
Ameristar Casino Resort Spa St. Charles		#1		25.9	%		28.5	%		3.4	%	$	1,085.6		6		2.9 MM		2.0 MM
Ameristar Casino Hotel Kansas City		#1		33.7	%		33.6	%		(0.7	)%	$	714.5		4		2.1 MM		1.6 MM
Ameristar Casino Hotel Council Bluffs		#2		37.2	%		36.6	%		(0.5	)%	$	429.3		3		1.3 MM		0.8 MM
Ameristar Casino Resort Spa Black Hawk(1)		#1		27.4	%		20.5	%		5.3	%	$	559.4		17		3.0 MM		2.1 MM
Ameristar Casino Hotel Vicksburg		#1		43.8	%		42.7	%		(3.7	)%	$	270.1		5		1.1 MM		0.4 MM
Ameristar Casino Hotel East Chicago(2)		#2		24.1	%		27.5	%		1.6	%	$	1,023.2		3		8.9 MM		5.9 MM

(1) The Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission reports the Black Hawk and Central City, Colorado markets separately. The Black Hawk information in this table excludes seven casinos in Central City, adjacent to Black Hawk, which generated $65.7 million in total gaming revenues in 2010.

(2) In the Northwest Indiana market, there are a total of three operators, including Ameristar East Chicago (located in East Chicago, Hammond and Gary, Indiana), that generated $1.0 billion in annual gaming revenues. In the broader Chicagoland market, there are six additional state-licensed casinos operating in the states of Illinois and Indiana and one Native American casino in Michigan (including a new casino in Des Plaines, Illinois that opened in July 2011). The eight state-licensed casinos that were open in 2010 generated a total of $2.1 billion in annual gaming revenues.

4

The primary market area for the Jackpot properties is Twin Falls, Idaho (located approximately 45 miles north of Jackpot) and Boise, Idaho (located approximately 150 miles from Jackpot). The primary market area comprises approximately 600,000 adults. The balance of the Jackpot properties’ guests comes primarily from the northwestern United States and southwestern Canada. As of December 31, 2010, our Jackpot properties had approximately 58% of the slot machines and 76% of the table game positions in the Jackpot market. Market data is not reported separately for the Jackpot market by the State of Nevada.

Recent Developments

On April 19, 2011, we purchased 26,150,000 shares of our common stock, or approximately 45% of our outstanding shares, from the Estate of Craig H. Neilsen, our then majority stockholder, at a price of $17.50 per share, for a total price of $457,625,000 (the “Stock Purchase”).

On April 14, 2011, we obtained $2.2 billion of new debt financing (the “Refinancing”), consisting of a $1.4 billion senior secured credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) and $800.0 million principal amount of unsecured 7.50% senior notes due 2021 (the “Notes”). The New Credit Facility consists of (i) a $200 million A term loan that was fully borrowed at closing and matures in April 2016, (ii) a $700 million B term loan that was fully borrowed at closing and matures in April 2018 and (iii) a $500 million revolving loan facility, $368 million of which was borrowed at closing and which matures in April 2016. The Notes were sold at a price of 99.125% of the principal amount, and the $700.0 million B term loan was sold at a price of 99.75% of the principal amount. Upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, we have the option to increase the total amount available under the New Credit Facility by up to the greater of an additional $200 million or an amount determined by reference to the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Facility agreement).

Proceeds from the Refinancing were used to (i) repurchase substantially all of our outstanding 9 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2014 tendered pursuant to a tender offer, including payment of the tender premium and accrued interest, (ii) prepay and permanently retire all of the indebtedness under our prior senior secured credit facility dated as of November 10, 2005, (iii) consummate the Stock Purchase and (iv) pay related fees and expenses.

In connection with the Refinancing, we paid one-time fees and expenses totaling approximately $29.6 million, most of which was capitalized and will be amortized over the respective remaining terms of the Notes and New Credit Facility. During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, approximately $85.3 million relating to the tender premium and deferred debt issuance costs were expensed as a result of the early retirement of debt. As of June 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants under the New Credit Facility and the Notes.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 1993 under the laws of the State of Nevada.

Our principal executive offices are located at 3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490S, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169, and our telephone number is (702) 567-7000.

5

Summary of the Exchange Offer

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the exchange offer. A more detailed description is contained in the section “The Exchange Offer.” The term “Outstanding Notes” refers to Ameristar’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021, which were issued on April 14, 2011. The term “Exchange Notes” refers to Ameristar’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 offered by this prospectus, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. The term “Notes” refers to both the Outstanding Notes and the Exchange Notes. The term “Indenture” refers to the indenture that governs both the Outstanding Notes and the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of our Exchange Notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of Outstanding Notes, subject to a minimum exchange of $2,000. As of the date of this prospectus, $800 million aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes is outstanding. We issued the Outstanding Notes in a private transaction for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and rights to increased interest in addition to the stated interest rate on the Outstanding Notes (“Additional Interest”) provisions applicable to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes.

In order to exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, you must properly tender them before the expiration of the exchange offer. Upon expiration of the exchange offer, your rights under the registration rights agreement pertaining to the Outstanding Notes will terminate, except under limited circumstances.

Expiration Time The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [—], 2011, unless the exchange offer is extended, in which case the expiration time will be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended. See “The Exchange Offer — Terms of the Exchange Offer; Expiration Time.”

Interest You will receive interest on the Exchange Notes starting from the date interest was last paid on your Outstanding Notes. If your Outstanding Notes are exchanged for Exchange Notes, you will not receive any accrued interest on your Outstanding Notes.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions (see “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer”), some of which we may waive in our sole discretion. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Outstanding Notes being tendered for exchange.

6

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes You may tender your Outstanding Notes through book-entry transfer in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Program, known as ATOP. If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must:

• complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, in accordance with the instructions contained in the letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver prior to the expiration time the letter of transmittal, together with your Outstanding Notes, to the exchange agent at the address set forth under “The Exchange Offer — The Exchange Agent;” or

• arrange for The Depository Trust Company to transmit to the exchange agent certain required information, including an agent’s message forming part of a book-entry transfer in which you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and transfer the Outstanding Notes being tendered into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company.

You may tender your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in whole or in part in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

See “The Exchange Offer — How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange.”

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes and time will not permit your required documents to reach the exchange agent by the expiration time, or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed by the expiration time, you may tender your Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you beneficially own Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on your behalf. See “The Exchange Offer — How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange.”

Withdrawal of Tenders You may withdraw your tender of Outstanding Notes at any time prior to the expiration time by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent in conformity with the procedures discussed under “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes Upon consummation of the exchange offer, we will accept any and all Outstanding Notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn prior to the expiration time. The Exchange Notes

7

issued pursuant to the exchange offer will be delivered promptly after acceptance of the tendered Outstanding Notes. See “The Exchange Offer — Terms of the Exchange Offer; Expiration Time.”

Registration Rights Agreement We are making the exchange offer pursuant to the registration rights agreement that we entered into on April 14, 2011 with the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes. As a result of making and consummating this exchange offer, we will have fulfilled most of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your Outstanding Notes in the exchange offer, you will not have any further registration rights under the registration rights agreement or otherwise unless you were not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or do not receive freely tradable Exchange Notes in the exchange offer.

Resales of Exchange Notes We believe that the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that:

• you are not an “affiliate” of ours;

• the Exchange Notes you receive pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes issued to you in the exchange offer;

• if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer; and

• if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive the Exchange Notes for your own account, the Outstanding Notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities, and you will deliver a prospectus when you resell or transfer any Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer. See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of the prospectus delivery obligations of broker-dealers in the exchange offer.

If you do not meet these requirements, your resale of the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Our belief is based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties. The staff of the SEC has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and we cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange offer.

If our belief is not accurate and you transfer an Exchange Note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the federal securities laws or without an exemption from these laws, you may incur liability under the federal securities laws. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

8

See “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Exchanging Outstanding Notes.”

Consequences of Failure to Exchange Your Outstanding Notes If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, your Outstanding Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the legend on the Outstanding Notes and in the Indenture. In general, the Outstanding Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered or sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, the trading market for your untendered Outstanding Notes could be adversely affected.

See “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes.”

Exchange Agent The exchange agent for the exchange offer is Wilmington Trust, National Association. For additional information, see “The Exchange Offer — The Exchange Agent” and the accompanying letter of transmittal.

Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations The exchange of your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes will not be a taxable exchange for United States federal income tax purposes. You should consult your own tax advisor as to the tax consequences to you of the exchange offer, as well as tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Exchange Notes. For additional information, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

9

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and Additional Interest provisions applicable to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. A more detailed description is contained in the section “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus.

Issuer Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

Exchange Notes Offered $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021.

Maturity Date The Exchange Notes will mature on April 15, 2021.

Interest Rate 7.50% per year (calculated using a 360-day year).

Interest Payment Dates April 15 and October 15, beginning on October 15, 2011.

Ranking The Exchange Notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will:

• rank pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt;

• rank senior in right of payment to all of our future senior subordinated or subordinated debt;

• be effectively subordinated in right of payment to the New Credit Facility and any future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and

• be structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to us or one of our guarantor subsidiaries).

Similarly, the guarantees by the Guarantors will be senior unsecured obligations of the respective Guarantors and will:

• rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future senior debt;

• rank senior in right of payment to each Guarantor’s existing or future senior subordinated or subordinated debt;

• be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all secured debt of each Guarantor, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and

• be structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of a Guarantor that is not also a Guarantor of the Exchange Notes.

10

Our non-Guarantor subsidiaries generated none of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and had none of our assets or liabilities at June 30, 2011.

Guarantees Each of our material subsidiaries will unconditionally guarantee the Exchange Notes as set forth herein.

If we create or acquire a new material subsidiary, it will guarantee the Exchange Notes unless we designate the subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the Indenture.

Optional Redemption We may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date and a “make-whole premium.” Thereafter, we may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus. See “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”

Optional Redemption after Public Equity Offerings At any time (which may be more than once) prior to April 15, 2014, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the initially outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more public equity offerings by us, as long as:

• we pay 107.50% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest;

• such redemption shall occur within 90 days after completing the public equity offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice; and

• at least 65% of the initially outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued remains outstanding afterwards.

Redemption Based Upon Gaming Laws The Exchange Notes are subject to redemption requirements imposed by gaming laws and regulations of gaming authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct gaming operations. See “Description of the Notes — Redemption Based on Gaming Laws.”

Change of Control Offer If certain kinds of changes of control of the Company occur, we must give holders of the Exchange Notes the opportunity to sell their Exchange Notes to us at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. See “Description of the Notes — Mandatory Redemption — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”

Asset Sale Proceeds If we engage in certain kinds of asset sales, we generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the Exchange Notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds. The purchase

11

price of the Exchange Notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. See “Description of the Notes — Mandatory Redemption — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”

Covenants The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, our ability to:

• incur additional debt or issue preferred stock;

• pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock, repurchase our capital stock or make certain payments on our subordinated debt;

• make certain investments;

• create liens on our assets;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries;

• merge or consolidate with another company; and

• transfer and sell assets.

These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Notes.”

Form and Denomination The Exchange Notes will be initially issued only in the form of global notes.

Except as otherwise provided under the Indenture, holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of definitive Exchange Notes or to have Exchange Notes issued and registered in their names and will not be considered the owners of the Exchange Notes under the Indenture.

Interests in the global notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Risk Factors See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks you should carefully consider.

12

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

We have derived the following summary historical financial data for each of the four years ended December 31, 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the summary historical financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The summary data below should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” included in this prospectus as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and notes thereto incorporated into this prospectus by reference to our publicly available documents.

Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of those statements. Our results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 2011.

	Year Ended December 31,												Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2011			2010
	(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
													(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data(1):
REVENUES:
Casino	$	1,247,034		$	1,254,590		$	1,296,806		$	1,083,380		$	630,981		$	627,660
Food and beverage		134,854			135,941			156,987			136,471			68,320			65,935
Rooms		79,403			66,411			56,024			30,844			38,918			39,632
Other		30,559			32,692			38,491			30,387			14,413			16,182
		1,491,850			1,489,634			1,548,308			1,281,082			752,632			749,409
Less: Promotional allowances		(302,568	)		(274,189	)		(280,406	)		(200,559	)		(138,795	)		(153,786	)
Net revenues		1,189,282			1,215,445			1,267,902			1,080,523			613,837			595,623
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Casino		544,001			556,684			604,747			478,504			269,036			269,642
Food and beverage		64,451			65,633			74,650			70,439			29,445			32,076
Rooms		17,591			10,466			11,221			9,341			7,223			9,132
Other		12,419			14,240			21,154			19,157			5,174			6,550
Selling, general and administrative		244,964			241,853			265,622			229,801			128,548			120,570
Depreciation and amortization		109,070			107,005			105,895			94,810			52,546			54,805
Impairment of goodwill(2)		21,438			111,700			130,300			—			—			21,438
Impairment of other intangible assets(2)		34,791			—			184,200			—			—			34,600
Impairment of fixed assets		224			3,929			1,031			4,758			—			4
Net loss (gain) on disposition of assets		255			411			683			1,408			(119	)		53
Total operating expenses		1,049,204			1,111,921			1,399,503			908,218			491,853			548,870
Income (loss) from operations		140,078			103,524			(131,601	)		172,305			121,984			46,753
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income		452			515			774			2,113			3			224
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest		(121,233	)		(106,849	)		(76,639	)		(57,742	)		(52,219	)		(68,499	)
Loss on early retirement of debt		—			(5,365	)		—			—			(85,296	)		—
Other		1,463			2,006			(3,404	)		(178	)		304			(301	)
Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)		20,760			(6,169	)		(210,870	)		116,498			(15,224	)		(21,823	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		12,130			(1,502	)		(80,198	)		47,065			4,243			(7,609	)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	8,630		$	(4,667	)	$	(130,672	)	$	69,433		$	(19,467	)	$	(14,214	)
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.15		$	(0.08	)	$	(2.28	)	$	1.22		$	(0.41	)	$	(0.25	)
Diluted	$	0.15		$	(0.08	)	$	(2.28	)	$	1.19		$	(0.41	)	$	(0.25	)
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE	$	0.42		$	0.42		$	0.32		$	0.41		$	0.21		$	0.21
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic		58,025			57,543			57,191			57,052			47,860			57,908
Diluted		58,818			57,543			57,191			58,322			47,860			57,908

13

	Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010		2009		2008		2007		2011		2010
	(amounts in thousands, except credit statistics)
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(3)	$	323,493	$	346,535	$	314,996	$	291,267	$	190,608	$	164,746
Capital expenditures	$	58,396	$	136,615	$	241,826	$	277,312	$	26,942	$	24,532
Cash dividends paid	$	24,389	$	24,195	$	18,015	$	23,389	$	9,532	$	12,157
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)		1.20:1		0.90:1		—		2.25:1		0.83:1		0.77:1

	As of December 31, 2010		As of June 30, 2011
	(amounts in thousands)
	(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	71,186	$	83,554
Total assets	$	2,061,542	$	2,067,113
Total long-term debt, excluding discount of $10,315 and $8,605	$	1,540,113	$	2,007,826
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)	$	351,020	$	(121,929	)

	As of and For Year Ended December 31, 2010		As of and For Twelve  Months Ended June 30, 2011
Credit Statistics:
Ratio of total debt to Adjusted EBITDA(3)		4.76:1		5.75:1
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA(3) to interest expense, net		2.67:1		3.33:1

(1) We acquired our East Chicago property on September 18, 2007 and its operating results are included only from the acquisition date.

(2) As required under ASC Topic 350, we perform an assessment of our goodwill and other intangible assets at least annually to determine if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we impaired the intangible assets at Ameristar East Chicago due to weakening economic conditions and changes in the forecasted operations that materially affected the property’s fair value. As a result, in 2010, 2009 and 2008 we recorded non-cash impairment charges relating to the goodwill and the gaming license acquired in the purchase of the East Chicago property of $56.0 million, $111.7 million and $314.5 million, respectively. Additionally in 2010, we performed an impairment review of Ameristar St. Charles’ HOME nightclub service mark license due to the permanent closure of the nightclub that resulted in $0.2 million of impairment charges.

(3) Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, other non-operating income and expenses, stock-based compensation, deferred compensation plan expense, non-operational professional fees, impairment charges related to fixed and intangible assets, loss on early retirement of debt, pre-opening and rebranding costs, ballot initiative costs, river flooding expenses and a one-time Black Hawk property tax adjustment. Adjusted EBITDA is a commonly used measure of performance in the gaming industry that we believe, when considered with measures calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, gives investors a more complete understanding of operating results before the impact of investing and financing transactions, income taxes and certain non-cash and non-recurring items and facilitates comparisons between us and our competitors. This presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may be different from the presentations used by other companies and therefore comparability among companies may be limited. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP, nor should Adjusted EBITDA as set forth herein be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. Management strongly encourages investors to review our financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure.

14

The following table reconciles consolidated net income (loss), a GAAP financial measure, to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure:

	Year Ended December 31,												Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2011			2010
Net income (loss)	$	8,630		$	(4,667	)	$	(130,672	)	$	69,433		$	(19,467	)	$	(14,214	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		12,130			(1,502	)		(80,198	)		47,065			4,243			(7,609	)
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest		121,233			106,849			76,639			57,742			52,219			68,499
Interest income		(452	)		(515	)		(774	)		(2,113	)		(3	)		(224	)
Other		(1,463	)		(2,006	)		3,404			178			(304	)		301
Net loss (gain) on disposition of assets		255			411			683			1,408			(119	)		53
Impairment of goodwill(2)		21,438			111,700			130,300			—			—			21,438
Impairment of other intangible assets(2)		34,791			—			184,200			—			—			34,600
Impairment of fixed assets		224			3,929			1,031			4,758			—			4
Depreciation and amortization		109,070			107,005			105,895			94,810			52,546			54,805
Stock-based compensation		14,324			12,875			10,618			11,993			8,147			7,279
Deferred compensation plan expense		1,780			1,952			(3,821	)		1,066			698			(186	)
Non-operational professional fees		1,533			—			—			—			6,961			—
River flooding expenses		—			—			—			—			391			—
Loss on early retirement of debt		—			5,365			—			—			85,296			—
Property pre-opening and rebranding costs		—			3,863			8,040			4,927			—			—
One-time non-cash adjustment to Black Hawk property taxes		—			1,276			—			—			—			—
Ballot initiative costs		—			—			9,651			—			—			—
Adjusted EBITDA	$	323,493		$	346,535		$	314,996		$	291,267		$	190,608		$	164,746

(4) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges and the amortization of capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt issuance costs and the portion of rental expense considered representative of interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $40.1 million.

15

RISK FACTORS

The Exchange Notes involve substantial risks similar to those associated with the Outstanding Notes. To understand these risks you should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below in addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the Exchange Notes will exist if you desire to sell the Exchange Notes.

There is no existing public market for the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes. We do not intend to have the Exchange Notes listed on a national securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. Therefore, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the Exchange Notes. The liquidity of any market for the Exchange Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

• the number of holders of Exchange Notes;

• our operating performance and financial condition;

• the market for similar securities;

• the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Exchange Notes; and

• prevailing interest rates.

Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Exchange Notes. The market, if any, for the Exchange Notes may face similar disruptions that may adversely affect the prices at which you could sell your Exchange Notes. Therefore, you may not be able to sell your Exchange Notes at a particular time and the price that you receive when you sell may not be favorable.

Risks Related to the Notes

We have substantial debt and may incur additional debt; leverage may impair our financial condition and restrict our operations.

We currently have a substantial amount of debt. As of June 30, 2011, our total consolidated debt, excluding discount, was $2.01 billion. For accounting purposes, our total liabilities exceed our total assets.

Subject to specified limitations, the Indenture permits us to incur substantial additional debt. In addition, as of June 30, 2011, our New Credit Facility permits us to borrow up to an additional approximately $186.8 million under the revolving loan facility (after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit).

Our substantial debt and any additional debt we may incur could have important consequences for the holders of the Notes, including:

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures, investments and acquisitions;

• requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations for the payment of interest on our debt and reducing our ability to use our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and general corporate requirements;

16

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

• exposing our cash flows to changes in floating rates of interest such that an increase in floating rates would negatively impact our cash flows; and

• placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt and to fund capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash flow in the future. To some extent, our ability to generate future cash flow is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, the ability to borrow funds under our New Credit Facility in the future will depend on our satisfying the financial covenants in the agreement governing such facility. We cannot assure that our business will generate cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our New Credit Facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund other liquidity needs. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow or refinance our debt on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Covenant restrictions under our New Credit Facility and the Indenture governing the Notes may limit our ability to operate our business.

The agreement governing our New Credit Facility and the Indenture governing the Notes contain covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, borrow money, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and effect a consolidation, merger or disposal of all or substantially all of our assets. Although the covenants in our New Credit Facility and the Indenture are subject to various exceptions, we cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other activities that may be in our best interest. In addition, our long-term debt requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial condition tests, which may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our New Credit Facility and the Indenture. If an event of default under our New Credit Facility occurs, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, our New Credit Facility is secured by first priority security interests on substantially all of our real and personal property, including the capital stock of our subsidiaries. If we are unable to pay all amounts declared due and payable in the event of a default, the lenders could foreclose on these assets.

The Notes and the guarantees are unsecured and effectively subordinated to our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The Notes and the guarantees are our senior unsecured obligations ranking effectively junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness and that of each Guarantor, including indebtedness under our New Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Additionally, the Indenture permits us to incur additional secured indebtedness in the future. In the event that we or a Guarantor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent or is liquidated or reorganized, holders of our and our Guarantor’s secured indebtedness will be entitled to be paid in full from our assets or the assets of the Guarantor, as applicable, securing such indebtedness before any payment may be made with respect to the Notes or the affected guarantees. Holders of the Notes will participate ratably with all holders of our senior unsecured indebtedness, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. As of June 30, 2011, the Notes and the guarantees were effectively subordinated to approximately $1.2 billion of senior secured indebtedness.

17

You will not have any claim as a creditor against the subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of non-Guarantor subsidiaries will be effectively senior to any claim you may have against these non-Guarantor subsidiaries relating to the Notes. Our non-Guarantor subsidiaries generated none of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and had none of our assets or liabilities at June 30, 2011. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of our non-Guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those non-Guarantor subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. See “Description of the Notes — Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees” for additional information.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the Indenture.

Upon certain kinds of changes of control, we are required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. Any such change of control would also constitute a default under the New Credit Facility. Therefore, upon the occurrence of such a change of control, the lenders under the New Credit Facility would have the right to accelerate their loans and we would be required to prepay all outstanding obligations under the New Credit Facility before the Notes could be repurchased. We cannot assure you that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any or all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the Notes seeking to accept the change of control offer. See “Description of the Notes — Mandatory Redemption — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Description of Other Indebtedness” for additional information.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received from us or the Guarantors.

Our creditors or the creditors of the Guarantors could challenge the guarantees as fraudulent conveyances or on other grounds. Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the delivery of the guarantees could be found to be a fraudulent transfer and declared void if a court determined that the Guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

• delivered the guarantee with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud its existing or future creditors; or

• received less than reasonably equivalent value or did not receive fair consideration for the delivery of the guarantee and any of the following three conditions applies:

• the Guarantor was insolvent or rendered insolvent at the time it delivered the guarantee;

• the Guarantor was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

• the Guarantor intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

If a court declares the guarantees to be void, or if the guarantees must be limited or voided in accordance with their terms, any claim you may make against us for amounts payable on the Notes would, with respect to amounts claimed against the Guarantors, be subordinated to the debt of our Guarantors, including trade payables. Any payment made by a Guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could also be required to be returned to it, or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a Guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

18

• the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

• it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each Guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of the Notes, was not insolvent, did not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and had not incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its guarantee are limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This may not be effective to protect the guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate the Guarantors’ obligations or reduce such obligations to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee worthless.

You may have difficulty selling any Outstanding Notes that you do not exchange.

If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold Outstanding Notes subject to restrictions on their transfer. Those transfer restrictions are described in the Indenture governing the Outstanding Notes and in the legend contained on the Outstanding Notes, and arose because we originally issued the Outstanding Notes under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In general, you may offer or sell your Outstanding Notes only if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or if they are offered and sold under an exemption from those requirements. We do not currently intend to register the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. If a substantial amount of the Outstanding Notes is exchanged for a like amount of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer, the liquidity of your Outstanding Notes could be adversely affected. See “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes” for a discussion of additional consequences of failing to exchange your Outstanding Notes.

Your ability to transfer the Notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and an active trading market may not develop for the Notes.

There is no established trading market for the Notes. We do not intend to have the Notes listed on a national securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the Notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the Notes. The liquidity of any market for the Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

• the number of holders of Notes;

• our operating performance and financial condition;

• the market for similar securities;

• the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Notes; and

• prevailing interest rates.

19

Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Notes. The market, if any, for the Notes may face similar disruptions that may adversely affect the prices at which you could sell your Notes. Therefore, you may not be able to sell your Notes at a particular time and the price that you receive when you sell may not be favorable.

We may require you to dispose of your Notes or redeem your Notes if required by applicable gaming regulations.

Gaming authorities in any jurisdiction to which we or any of our subsidiaries are or may become subject have the power to investigate any of our debt security holders, including holders of the Notes. These gaming authorities may, in their discretion, require a holder of any of our debt securities to file applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own our debt securities, and the costs of the investigation of such finding of suitability will be the responsibility of such holder. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license by the time it is ordered to do so by such gaming authorities may be found unsuitable. Under certain circumstances, we have the right, at our option, to cause a holder to dispose of its Notes or to redeem its Notes in order to comply with gaming laws to which we are subject. See “Description of the Notes — Redemption Based on Gaming Laws” for additional information.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is sensitive to reductions in discretionary consumer spending.

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by the economic downturn currently being experienced in the United States, as we are highly dependent on discretionary spending by our guests. We are not able to predict the length or severity of the downturn. Changes in discretionary consumer spending or consumer preferences brought about by factors such as increased or continuing high unemployment, significant increases in energy and automobile fuel prices, perceived or actual deterioration in general economic conditions, the protracted disruption in the housing markets, the availability of credit, perceived or actual decline in disposable consumer income and wealth (including declines resulting from any increase in personal income tax rates) and changes in consumer confidence in the economy may continue to reduce customer demand for the leisure activities we offer and adversely affect our revenues and cash flow.

The gaming industry is very competitive and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our future operations.

The gaming industry is very competitive and we face dynamic competitive pressures in each of our markets. Several of our competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources. We may choose or be required to take actions in response to competitors that may increase our marketing costs and other operating expenses.

Our operating properties are located in jurisdictions that restrict gaming to certain areas or are adjacent to states that prohibit or restrict gaming operations. These restrictions and prohibitions provide substantial benefits to our business and our ability to attract and retain guests. The legalization or expanded legalization or authorization of gaming within or near a market area of one of our properties could result in a significant increase in competition and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Economic difficulties faced by state governments, as well as the increased acceptance of gaming as a leisure activity, could lead to intensified political pressure for the expansion of legalized gaming.

In 2007, the Kansas legislature enacted a law that authorizes up to four state-owned and operated freestanding casinos and three racetrack slot machine parlors developed and managed by third parties. At that time, one casino and one racetrack location were authorized in Wyandotte County in the greater Kansas City

20

market. The owner of the potential racetrack slot machine parlor license surrendered its racing license and closed the facility due to concerns about the tax rate that would apply to its gaming operations, which was substantially higher than the tax rate in Missouri or applicable to Kansas freestanding casinos. The future status of the racetrack license is uncertain; however, there have been discussions about reducing the tax rate in order to incentivize the installation of slot machines at the racetracks and reduce the state’s budget deficit. In February 2010, the Kansas Lottery Gaming Facility Review Board approved a proposal by a partnership that includes a major commercial casino operator to develop a large land-based casino and entertainment facility at the Kansas Speedway, approximately 24 miles from Ameristar Kansas City. Construction of the first phase of the project is underway and it is expected to open in the first quarter of 2012. This facility will provide significant additional competition for Ameristar Kansas City that could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations of that property.

Our East Chicago property currently competes with eight other casino gaming facilities in the Chicagoland market in Indiana and Illinois and with one Native American casino in Michigan. One of our property’s principal competitors is located in Hammond, Indiana, which is closer to and has significantly better access for customers who live in Chicago, Illinois and the Chicago suburbs that are the primary feeder markets for Ameristar East Chicago. The Hammond facility opened a $485 million expansion in 2008 that has adversely affected our property’s business, particularly table games and poker, and we expect will continue to do so.

In December 2008, the Illinois Gaming Board awarded the exclusive right to apply for the tenth and final Illinois casino license to a developer for a property in Des Plaines, Illinois, located approximately 40 miles from Ameristar East Chicago. That facility opened in July 2011. From time to time, the Illinois General Assembly has also considered other forms of gaming expansion in the state. On May 31, 2011, the General Assembly passed Senate Bill 744, which is being held by the Senate and has not yet been sent to the governor for signature. It is unclear how long the Senate can hold the bill before sending it to the governor. Upon receipt of the bill, the governor will have 45 days to sign the bill in its current form, veto it or modify it and send it back to the General Assembly for a vote with no further amendments permitted. As passed, Senate Bill 744 authorizes a large-scale expansion of casino gaming, including: (i) increasing the maximum number of gaming positions at each existing Illinois casino from 1,200 to 2,000; (ii) legalizing five new casinos throughout the state, including one in the city of Chicago and one in suburban Cook County; (iii) allowing seven horse racing tracks to install slot machines, including four racetracks in the Chicago area and one in the greater St. Louis, Missouri area and (iv) reducing the gaming tax rate levied on all casinos in two steps, with the first step beginning January 1, 2012 and the second beginning July 1, 2013. If the governor signs Senate Bill 744 in its current form, or if a modified bill is passed, particularly one that includes the expansion of gaming in downtown Chicago or the south Chicago suburbs, the additional competition would materially adversely affect the financial performance of Ameristar East Chicago. The expansion of gaming in southern Illinois that is authorized by the current version of Senate Bill 744 would also have an adverse effect on Ameristar St. Charles.

A state senator again introduced a measure in a recent session of the Indiana legislature that would have allowed one of the two adjacent riverboat casino licenses held by the same operator in Gary, Indiana, approximately five miles from Ameristar East Chicago, to be moved to a nearby land-based location. The legislation was not passed, but it is possible this measure may be introduced in the future. If the casino is allowed to relocate inland, Ameristar East Chicago would face significant additional competition that would adversely affect its financial performance.

In December 2007, a competitor opened a new casino in downtown St. Louis, approximately 22 miles from Ameristar St. Charles, and in March 2010 the same competitor opened an additional casino facility in southeastern St. Louis County, approximately 30 miles from Ameristar St. Charles. The new facilities have resulted in significant additional competition for Ameristar St. Charles that has adversely impacted Ameristar St. Charles’ business. In September 2011, the competitor announced a planned expansion of the southeastern St. Louis County facility to include a 200-room hotel, an event center and a parking garage. In addition, if legislation is enacted in Illinois to permit the operation of slot machines at racetracks, Ameristar St. Charles would face additional competition from the racetrack near East St. Louis, Illinois.

21

Native American gaming facilities in some instances operate under regulatory and financial requirements that are less stringent than those imposed on state-licensed casinos, which could provide them with a competitive advantage and lead to increased competition in our markets. In December 2007, the National Indian Gaming Commission (the “NIGC”) approved the request of the Ponca Tribe of Nebraska to have a five-acre parcel owned by the tribe in Carter Lake, Iowa, located approximately five miles from Ameristar Council Bluffs, approved for the operation of gaming. In December 2008, in a lawsuit brought by the State of Nebraska and joined by the State of Iowa and the City of Council Bluffs, the federal district court reversed the NIGC’s decision. The U.S. Department of the Interior appealed the district court ruling, and in October 2010 the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the district court’s decision and ordered the court to remand the matter to the NIGC for further consideration. The Court of Appeals directed the NIGC to revisit the issue, taking into consideration, among other things, a 2003 agreement between the State of Iowa and the Bureau of Indian Affairs. That agreement stated that the five-acre parcel would be utilized for a health center and not for gaming purposes. If the tribe is allowed to conduct gaming at this location, the additional competition would adversely affect our Council Bluffs business.

The entry into our current markets of additional competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, particularly if a competitor were to obtain a license to operate a gaming facility in a superior location. Furthermore, increases in the popularity of, and competition from, Internet and other account wagering and gaming services, which allow customers to wager on a wide variety of sporting events and play Las Vegas-style casino games from home, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

If the jurisdictions in which we operate increase gaming taxes and fees, our results could be adversely affected.

State and local authorities raise a significant amount of revenue through taxes and fees on gaming activities. From time to time, legislators and government officials have proposed changes in tax laws, or in the administration of such laws, affecting the gaming industry. Periods of economic downturn and budget deficits, such as are currently being experienced in most states, may intensify such efforts to raise revenues through increases in gaming taxes. If the jurisdictions in which we operate were to increase gaming taxes or fees, depending on the magnitude of the increase and any offsetting factors (such as the elimination of the buy-in limit in Missouri that became effective in 2008), our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

In early 2011, the governor of Iowa proposed that the legislature substantially increase the gaming tax rate paid by riverboat casinos on adjusted gross receipts and reduce the state’s business earnings taxes. A tax increase was not enacted in the 2011 legislative session. If enacted in the future, a gaming tax increase of this magnitude would materially adversely affect the results of operations of Ameristar Council Bluffs and the other casinos in the state.

Our business is subject to restrictions and limitations imposed by gaming regulatory authorities that could adversely affect us.

The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities are subject to extensive state and local regulation. The states of Missouri, Iowa, Indiana, Mississippi, Colorado and Nevada and the applicable local authorities require various licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals to be held by us and our subsidiaries. The Missouri Gaming Commission, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission, the Indiana Gaming Commission, the Mississippi Gaming Commission, the Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission and the Nevada Gaming Commission may, among other things, limit, condition, suspend, revoke or not renew a license or approval to own the stock of any of our Missouri, Iowa, Indiana, Mississippi, Colorado or Nevada subsidiaries, respectively, for any cause deemed reasonable by such licensing authority. Our gaming licenses in Missouri and Colorado must be renewed every two years, our gaming licenses in Iowa and Indiana must be

22

renewed every year and our gaming license in Mississippi must be renewed every three years. If we violate gaming laws or regulations, substantial fines could be levied against us, our subsidiaries and the persons involved, and we could be forced to forfeit portions of our assets. The suspension, revocation or non-renewal of any of our licenses or the levy on us of substantial fines or forfeiture of assets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To date, we have obtained all governmental licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals necessary for the operation of our currently operating gaming activities. However, gaming licenses and related approvals are deemed to be privileges under the laws of all the jurisdictions in which we operate. We cannot assure you that our existing licenses, permits and approvals will be maintained or extended. We also cannot assure you that any new licenses, permits and approvals that may be required in the future will be granted to us.

We are subject to the risk of rising interest rates.

All of our outstanding debt under the New Credit Facility bears interest at variable rates. As of June 30, 2011, we had approximately $1.2 billion outstanding under our New Credit Facility. If short-term interest rates rise from current levels, our interest cost would increase, which would adversely affect our net income and available cash.

Our business may be adversely affected by legislation prohibiting tobacco smoking.

Legislation in various forms to ban indoor tobacco smoking in public places has recently been enacted or introduced in many states and local jurisdictions, including several of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Effective January 1, 2008, a Colorado smoking ban was extended to include casino floors. We believe this ban has significantly negatively impacted business volumes in all Colorado gaming markets. In April 2008, voters in the City of Kansas City approved a ballot measure, which was subsequently modified by the City Council, that prohibits smoking in most indoor public places within the City, including restaurants, but which contains an exemption for casino floors and 20% of all hotel rooms. One of Ameristar Kansas City’s competitors is not subject to a smoking ban in any form, which we believe has had some negative impact on our business. On July 1, 2008, a statewide indoor smoking ban went into effect in the State of Iowa. The law includes an exemption for casino floors and 20% of all hotel rooms. From time to time, bills have been introduced in the Iowa legislature that would eliminate the casino floor exemption. Nevada has a statewide indoor smoking ban, with exemptions for the gaming areas of casinos and bars where prepared food is not served. In January 2011, a statewide indoor smoking ban was passed by the Indiana House but did not become law. Similar bills have been introduced from time to time in the Missouri General Assembly, and some members of the St. Charles County Council have recently stated they favor a public referendum in 2012 on a county-wide indoor smoking ban that would not exempt the casino floor of Ameristar St. Charles. If additional restrictions on smoking are enacted in jurisdictions in which we operate, particularly if such restrictions are applicable to casino floors, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Adverse weather conditions or natural disasters in the areas in which we operate, or other conditions that restrict access to our properties, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse weather conditions, particularly flooding, heavy snowfall and other extreme conditions, as well as natural disasters, can deter our guests from traveling or make it difficult for them to visit our properties. If any of our properties were to experience prolonged adverse weather conditions, or if multiple properties were to simultaneously experience adverse weather conditions, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Our business may also be adversely affected by other events or conditions that restrict access to our properties, such as road closures.

23

The Missouri River experienced significant flooding in the spring and summer of 2011 and river levels near Ameristar Council Bluffs were abnormally high, though the property was not required to close. While the flooding in the area impacted access to, and parking for, Ameristar Council Bluffs to some degree, we currently believe that most of the financial impact on the property will be related to the expense of cleaning up after the flood and repairing certain parking and flood protection improvements. We have limited insurance coverage for flooding at this location. In the event the property were to incur substantial additional mitigation and repair costs due to the recent flooding, or sustain significant damage or business interruption due to future flooding, its business could be materially adversely affected.

On December 28, 2009, the Indiana Department of Transportation announced that it was permanently closing the Cline Avenue bridge near Ameristar East Chicago. The bridge had been closed since November 13, 2009 due to safety concerns discovered during an inspection of the bridge. Closure of the bridge has made access to the property inconvenient for many of Ameristar East Chicago’s customers and has significantly impacted the property’s business levels and operating results, and we expect this to continue unless and until improved access is developed. As a result of the bridge closure, access to our property has significantly deteriorated relative to the access of our primary competitors.

In Black Hawk, a project to widen a mile-long stretch of State Route 119 near Ameristar Black Hawk to four lanes began in late 2010 and is expected to last until mid-2012. Also, a project recently commenced to bury a drainage pipe underneath the portion of Route 119 that runs through the center of Black Hawk, directly in front of our property. That project is currently expected to be completed in November 2011, but may resume in the spring of 2012 if it cannot be completed before winter. These projects have created some inconvenience for guests of Ameristar Black Hawk.

The Missouri Department of Transportation has announced it will be undertaking a major renovation of the westbound span of the Blanchette Bridge, which carries Interstate 70 over the Missouri River near Ameristar St. Charles. The project is expected to begin in the first half of 2012 and last approximately one year. During the project, the westbound span of the bridge will be closed and westbound traffic will be diverted to the eastbound span, which will carry three lanes in each direction, compared to the current five lanes in each direction. The project will create inconvenience for guests of Ameristar St. Charles that we expect will materially adversely affect its business levels while it is ongoing.

We have limited insurance coverage for earthquake damage at our properties. Several of our properties, particularly Ameristar St. Charles, are located near historically active earthquake faults. In the event one of our properties was to sustain significant damage from an earthquake, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Many factors, some of which are beyond our control, could adversely affect our ability to successfully complete our construction and development projects as planned.

General construction risks — delays and cost overruns. Construction and expansion projects for our properties entail significant risks. These risks include: (1) shortages of materials (including slot machines or other gaming equipment); (2) shortages of skilled labor or work stoppages; (3) unforeseen construction scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; (4) weather interference, floods, hurricanes, fires or other casualty losses; (5) unanticipated cost increases; (6) delays or increased costs in obtaining required governmental permits and approvals; and (7) construction period disruption to existing operations.

Our anticipated costs and construction periods for construction projects are based upon budgets, conceptual design documents and construction schedule estimates prepared by us in consultation with our architects, consultants and contractors. The cost of any construction project undertaken by us may vary significantly from initial expectations, and we may have a limited amount of capital resources to fund cost overruns on any project.

24

If we cannot finance cost overruns on a timely basis, the completion of one or more projects may be delayed until adequate cash flows from operations or other financing is available. The completion date of any of our construction projects could also differ significantly from initial expectations for construction-related or other reasons. We cannot assure you that any project will be completed on time, if at all, or within established budgets. Significant delays or cost overruns on our construction projects could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are currently engaged in litigation with the general contractor for our St. Charles hotel project, which was completed later and at a higher cost than originally announced.

From time to time, we may employ “fast-track” design and construction methods in our construction and development projects. This involves the design of future stages of construction while earlier stages of construction are underway. Although we believe the use of fast-track design and construction methods may reduce the overall construction time, these methods may not always result in such reductions, often involve greater construction costs than otherwise would be incurred and may increase the risk of disputes with contractors, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Construction dependent upon available financing and cash flows from operations. The availability of funds under our New Credit Facility at any time is dependent upon, among other factors, the amount of our Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the New Credit Facility agreement, during the preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters. Our future operating performance will be subject to financial, economic, business, competitive, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our future consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and the resulting availability of operating cash flows or borrowing capacity will be sufficient to allow us to undertake or complete future construction projects.

As a result of operating risks, including those described in this section, and other risks associated with a new venture, we cannot assure you that, once completed, any development project will increase our operating profits or operating cash flows.

We have limited opportunities to develop or acquire new properties.

The casino gaming industry has limited new development opportunities. Most jurisdictions in which casino gaming is currently permitted place numerical and/or geographical limitations on the issuance of new gaming licenses. Although a number of jurisdictions in the United States and foreign countries are considering legalizing or expanding casino gaming, in some cases new gaming operations may be restricted to specific locations, such as pari-mutuel racetracks. Moreover, it is not clear whether the tax, land use planning and regulatory structures that may be applicable to any new gaming opportunity would make the development and operation of a casino financially acceptable. We expect that there will be intense competition for any attractive new opportunities (which may include acquisitions of existing properties) that do arise, and many of the companies competing for such opportunities will have greater resources and name recognition than we do. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand our business through new development or acquisitions.

Our business may be materially impacted by an act of terrorism or by additional security requirements that may be imposed on us.

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security has stated that places where large numbers of people congregate, including hotels, are subject to a heightened risk of terrorism. An act of terrorism affecting one of our properties, whether or not covered by insurance, or otherwise affecting the gaming, travel or tourism industry in the United States, may have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, our business may become subject to increased security measures designed to prevent terrorist acts.

25

Our business may be adversely affected by our ability to retain and attract key personnel.

We depend on the continued performance of our entire senior management team. If we lose the services of any of our key executives or our senior property management personnel and cannot replace such persons in a timely manner, it could have an adverse effect on our business.

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience strong competition in hiring and retaining qualified property and corporate management personnel, including competition from numerous Native American gaming facilities that are not subject to the same taxation regimes as we are and therefore may be willing and able to pay higher rates of compensation. From time to time, we have a number of vacancies in key corporate and property management positions. If we are unable to successfully recruit and retain qualified management personnel at our properties or at our corporate level, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

As we recruit personnel, we expect successful candidates to exhibit a collaborative, communicative and collegial nature. We also employ a high degree of centralization in a generally highly decentralized industry. These factors create risk in attracting management personnel in a timely fashion, as well as hiring candidates we expect to be successful within our Company.

The concentration and evolution of the slot machine manufacturing industry or other technological conditions could impose additional costs on us.

A substantial majority of our revenues are attributable to slot machines operated by us at our casinos. It is important, for competitive reasons, that we offer the most popular and up-to-date slot machine games with the latest technology to our guests.

In recent years, the prices of new slot machines have escalated faster than the rate of inflation. Furthermore, in recent years, slot machine manufacturers have frequently refused to sell slot machines featuring the most popular games, instead requiring participating lease arrangements in order to acquire the machines. Participation slot machine leasing arrangements typically require the payment of a fixed daily rental. Such agreements may also include a percentage payment of coin-in or net win. Generally, a participating lease is substantially more expensive over the long term than the cost to purchase a new machine.

For competitive reasons, we may be forced to purchase new slot machines or enter into participating lease arrangements that are more expensive than the costs associated with the continued operation of our existing slot machines. If the newer slot machines do not result in sufficient incremental revenues to offset the increased investment and participating lease costs, it could hurt our profitability.

We materially rely on a variety of hardware and software products to maximize revenue and efficiency in our operations. Technology in the gaming industry is developing rapidly, and we may need to invest substantial amounts to acquire the most current gaming and hotel technology and equipment in order to remain competitive in the markets in which we operate. Ensuring the successful implementation and maintenance of any new technology acquired is an additional risk.

Any loss from service of our operating facilities for any reason could materially adversely affect us.

Our operating facilities could be lost from service due to casualty, mechanical failure, extended or extraordinary maintenance, floods or other severe weather conditions. Our riverboat and barge facilities are especially exposed to these risks and the changes in water levels.

The Ameristar Vicksburg site has experienced ongoing geologic instability that requires periodic maintenance and improvements. Although we have reinforced the cofferdam basin in which the vessel is drydocked on a concrete foundation, further reinforcements may be necessary. We are also monitoring the site and expect that further steps will be necessary to stabilize the site in order to permit operations to continue. A site failure would require Ameristar Vicksburg to limit or cease operations.

26

The loss of an operating facility from service for any period of time likely would adversely affect our operating results and borrowing capacity under our New Credit Facility in an amount that we are unable to reasonably accurately estimate. It could also result in the occurrence of an event of a default under our New Credit Facility.

We are subject to non-gaming regulation.

We are subject to certain federal, state and local environmental laws, regulations and ordinances that apply to non-gaming businesses generally, including the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations, an owner or operator of real property may be held liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances or wastes located on its property, regardless of whether or not the present owner or operator knows of, or is responsible for, the presence of such substances or wastes. We have not identified any issues associated with our properties that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on us or the results of our operations. However, certain of our properties are located in industrial areas or were used for industrial purposes for many years. As a consequence, it is possible that historical or neighboring activities have affected one or more of our properties and that, as a result, environmental issues could arise in the future, the precise nature of which we cannot now predict. We do not have environmental liability insurance to cover most such events, and the environmental liability insurance coverage we maintain to cover certain events includes significant limitations and exclusions. In addition, if we discover any significant environmental contamination affecting any of our properties, we could face material remediation costs or additional development costs for future expansion activities.

Regulations adopted by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Treasury Department require us to report currency transactions in excess of $10,000 occurring within a gaming day, including identification of the patron by name and social security number. U.S. Treasury Department regulations also require us to report certain suspicious activity, including any transaction that exceeds $5,000 if we know, suspect or have reason to believe that the transaction involves funds from illegal activity or is designed to evade federal regulations or reporting requirements. Substantial penalties can be imposed against us if we fail to comply with these regulations.

Our riverboats must comply with certain federal and state laws and regulations with respect to boat design, on-board facilities, equipment, personnel and safety. In addition, we are required to have third parties periodically inspect and certify all of our casino barges for stability and single compartment flooding integrity. Our casino barges also must meet local fire safety standards. We would incur additional costs if any of our gaming facilities were not in compliance with one or more of these regulations.

We are also subject to a variety of other federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those relating to zoning, construction, land use, employment, marketing and advertising and the sale of alcoholic beverages. If we are not in compliance with these laws and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The imposition of a substantial penalty or the loss of service of a gaming facility for a significant period of time would have a material adverse effect on our business.

27

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes, we will receive Outstanding Notes in like original principal amount. All Outstanding Notes received in the exchange offer will be cancelled. Because we are exchanging the Exchange Notes for the Outstanding Notes, which have substantially identical terms, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement executed in connection with the sale of the Outstanding Notes.

28

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2011, on a consolidated basis. The information presented in the table below should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated and Other Financial Data” included elsewhere in this prospectus as well as the consolidated historical financial statements and notes thereto incorporated into this prospectus by reference.

	As of June 30, 2011
	(unaudited)
	(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83.6
Long-term debt:
Revolving loan facility, at variable interest (3.0% at June 30, 2011); principal due April 14, 2016	$	309.0
Term loan A facility, at variable interest (3.0% at June 30, 2011); principal due April 14, 2016 subject to certain amortization requirements		200.0
Term loan B facility, at variable interest (4.0% at June 30, 2011); principal due April 14, 2018 subject to certain amortization requirements (net of $1.7 discount at June 30, 2011)		696.5
Senior notes, unsecured, 9.25% fixed interest, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1, principal due June 1, 2014		0.5
Senior notes, unsecured, 7.5% fixed interest, payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15, principal due April 15, 2021 (net of $6.9 discount at June 30, 2011)		793.1
Other borrowings		0.1
Total long-term debt		1,999.2
Stockholders’ deficit		(121.9	)
Total capitalization	$	1,877.3

29

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents our selected historical audited consolidated financial information. This data was derived, in part, from our historical audited consolidated financial statements for the five years ended December 31, 2010 and from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 and reflects the results of our operations and financial position at the dates and for the periods indicated. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which are incorporated herein by reference to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, as well as other financial data included herein.

Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of those statements. Our results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 2011.

	Year Ended December 31,															Six Months Ended June 30,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006			2011			2010
	(amounts in thousands, except per share data)															(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data (1):
REVENUES:
Casino	$	1,247,034		$	1,254,590		$	1,296,806		$	1,083,380		$	1,008,311		$	630,981		$	627,660
Food and beverage		134,854			135,941			156,987			136,471			131,795			68,320			65,935
Rooms		79,403			66,411			56,024			30,844			27,972			38,918			39,632
Other		30,559			32,692			38,491			30,387			29,082			14,413			16,182
		1,491,850			1,489,634			1,548,308			1,281,082			1,197,160			752,632			749,409
Less: Promotional allowances		(302,568	)		(274,189	)		(280,406	)		(200,559	)		(196,862	)		(138,795	)		(153,786	)
Net revenues		1,189,282			1,215,445			1,267,902			1,080,523			1,000,298			613,837			595,623
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Casino		544,001			556,684			604,747			478,504			439,101			269,036			269,642
Food and beverage		64,451			65,633			74,650			70,439			68,744			29,445			32,076
Rooms		17,591			10,466			11,221			9,341			6,780			7,223			9,132
Other		12,419			14,240			21,154			19,157			18,749			5,174			6,550
Selling, general and administrative		244,964			241,853			265,622			229,801			200,588			128,548			120,570
Depreciation and amortization		109,070			107,005			105,895			94,810			93,889			52,546			54,805
Impairment of goodwill(2)		21,438			111,700			130,300			—			—			—			21,438
Impairment of other intangible assets(2)		34,791			—			184,200			—			—			—			34,600
Impairment of fixed assets		224			3,929			1,031			4,758			931			—			4
Net loss (gain) on disposition of assets		255			411			683			1,408			(683	)		(119	)		53
Total operating expenses		1,049,204			1,111,921			1,399,503			908,218			828,099			491,853			548,870
Income (loss) from operations		140,078			103,524			(131,601	)		172,305			172,199			121,984			46,753
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income		452			515			774			2,113			2,746			3			224
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest		(121,233	)		(106,849	)		(76,639	)		(57,742	)		(50,291	)		(52,219	)		(68,499	)
Loss on early retirement of debt		—			(5,365	)		—			—			(26,264	)		(85,296	)		—
Other		1,463			2,006			(3,404	)		(178	)		—			304			(301	)
Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)		20,760			(6,169	)		(210,870	)		116,498			98,390			(15,224	)		(21,823	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		12,130			(1,502	)		(80,198	)		47,065			38,825			4,243			(7,609	)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	8,630		$	(4,667	)	$	(130,672	)	$	69,433		$	59,565		$	(19,467	)	$	(14,214	)
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
Basic	$	0.15		$	(0.08	)	$	(2.28	)	$	1.22		$	1.06		$	(0.41	)	$	(0.25	)
Diluted	$	0.15		$	(0.08	)	$	(2.28	)	$	1.19		$	1.04		$	(0.41	)	$	(0.25	)
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING(2):
Basic		58,025			57,543			57,191			57,052			56,155			47,860			57,908
Diluted		58,818			57,543			57,191			58,322			57,327			47,860			57,908

30

	As of June 30, 2011			As of December 31, 2010
	(amounts in thousands)
	(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83,554		$	71,186
Total assets	$	2,067,113		$	2,061,542
Total long-term debt, excluding discount of $8,605 and $10,315	$	2,007,826		$	1,540,113
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity	$	(121,929	)	$	351,020

(1) We acquired our East Chicago property on September 18, 2007 and its operating results are included only from the acquisition date.

(2) As required under ASC Topic 350, we perform an assessment of our goodwill and other intangible assets at least annually to determine if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we impaired the intangible assets at Ameristar East Chicago due to weakening economic conditions and changes in the forecasted operations that materially affected the property’s fair value. As a result, in 2010, 2009 and 2008 we recorded non-cash impairment charges relating to the goodwill and gaming license acquired in the purchase of the East Chicago property of $56.0 million, $111.7 million and $314.5 million, respectively. Additionally in 2010, we performed an impairment review of Ameristar St. Charles’ HOME nightclub service mark license due to the permanent closure of the nightclub that resulted in $0.2 million of impairment charges.

31

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

This exchange offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreement we entered into with the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes on April 14, 2011. The summary of the registration rights agreement contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the registration rights agreement. A copy of the registration rights agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Expiration Time

This prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal together constitute the exchange offer. Subject to the terms and conditions in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange Outstanding Notes that are validly tendered at or before the expiration time and are not validly withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration time for the exchange offer is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [—], 2011, or such later date and time to which we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

• to extend the expiration time;

• if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” has not been satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer and not accept any Outstanding Notes for exchange; and

• to amend the exchange offer in any manner.

We will give oral or written notice of any extension, delay, non-acceptance, termination or amendment as promptly as practicable by a public announcement, and in the case of an extension, no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration time.

During an extension, all Outstanding Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us, upon expiration of the exchange offer, unless validly withdrawn.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, where such Outstanding Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange

Only a record holder of Outstanding Notes may tender in the exchange offer. When the holder of Outstanding Notes tenders and we accept Outstanding Notes for exchange, a binding agreement between us and the tendering holder is created, subject to the terms and conditions in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder of Outstanding Notes who desires to tender Outstanding Notes for exchange must, at or prior to the expiration time:

• transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, the Outstanding Notes being tendered and all other documents required by such letter of transmittal, to Wilmington Trust, National Association, the exchange agent, at the address set forth below under the heading “— The Exchange Agent”; or

• if Outstanding Notes are tendered pursuant to the book-entry procedures set forth below, an agent’s message must be transmitted by The Depository Trust Company (DTC) to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under the heading “— The Exchange Agent,” and the exchange agent must receive, at or prior to the expiration time, a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes being tendered into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, along with the agent’s message; or

32

• if time will not permit the required documentation to reach the exchange agent before the expiration time, or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed by the expiration time, the holder may effect a tender by complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The term “agent’s message” means a message that:

• is transmitted by DTC;

• is received by the exchange agent and forms a part of a book-entry transfer;

• states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement that the tendering holder has received and agrees to be bound by, and makes each of the representations and warranties contained in, the letter of transmittal; and

• states that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against such holder.

The method of delivery of the Outstanding Notes, the letter of transmittal or agent’s message and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder. If such delivery is by mail, we recommend registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. No letters of transmittal or Outstanding Notes should be sent directly to us.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal must be guaranteed unless the Outstanding Notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

• by a holder of Outstanding Notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

• for the account of an eligible institution. The term “eligible institution” means an institution that is a member in good standing of a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program recognized by the Exchange Agent; for example, the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program. An eligible institution includes firms that are members of a registered national securities exchange, members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., commercial banks or trust companies having an office in the United States and certain other eligible guarantors.

If signatures on a letter of transmittal or notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, the guarantor must be an eligible institution. If Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person who signed the letter of transmittal, the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by us in our sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the registered holder’s signature guaranteed by an eligible institution.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange and all other required documents. We reserve the absolute right to:

• reject any and all tenders of any Outstanding Note not validly tendered;

• refuse to accept any Outstanding Note if, in our judgment or the judgment of our counsel, acceptance of the Outstanding Note may be deemed unlawful;

• waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer, either before or after the expiration time; and

• determine the eligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Outstanding Notes in the exchange offer.

Our determinations, either before or after the expiration time, under, and of the terms and conditions of, the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to it, or as to any questions with respect to

33

the tender of any Outstanding Notes, will be final and binding on all parties. To the extent we waive any conditions to the exchange offer, we will waive such conditions as to all Outstanding Notes. Holders must cure any defects and irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes for exchange within such reasonable period of time as we will determine, unless we waive such defects or irregularities. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Outstanding Notes for exchange, nor will any of us incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

If you beneficially own Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on your behalf.

WE MAKE NO RECOMMENDATION TO THE HOLDERS OF THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM TENDERING ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THEIR OUTSTANDING NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IN ADDITION, WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO MAKE ANY SUCH RECOMMENDATION. HOLDERS OF THE OUTSTANDING NOTES MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISION AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND, IF SO, THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TO TENDER, AFTER READING THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CONSULTING WITH THEIR ADVISERS, IF ANY, BASED ON THEIR FINANCIAL POSITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS.

Book-Entry Transfers

Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system must make book-entry delivery of Outstanding Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Outstanding Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, known as ATOP. Such participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC at or prior to the expiration time or comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. DTC will verify such acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of such book-entry transfer. The confirmation of such book-entry transfer will include an agent’s message. The letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof or an agent’s message, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— The Exchange Agent” at or prior to the expiration time of the exchange offer, or the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If a holder of Outstanding Notes desires to tender such Outstanding Notes and the holder’s Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder’s Outstanding Notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration time, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:

• at or prior to the expiration time, the exchange agent receives from an eligible institution a validly completed and executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form accompanying this prospectus, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Outstanding Notes being tendered and the amount of the Outstanding Notes being tendered. The notice of guaranteed delivery will state that the tender is being made and guarantee that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, together with a validly completed and executed letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees or an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be transmitted to the exchange agent; and

34

• the exchange agent receives the certificates for all physically tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, together with a validly completed and executed letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees or an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

The notice of guaranteed delivery must be received prior to the expiration time.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw tenders of your Outstanding Notes at any time prior to the expiration time.

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal, by facsimile or by mail, must be received by the exchange agent, at the address set forth below under “— The Exchange Agent,” prior to the expiration time. Any such notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person having tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes;

• where Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC; and

• bear the signature of the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, if any, by which such Outstanding Notes were tendered, with such signature guaranteed by an eligible institution, unless such holder is an eligible institution.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any tendered Outstanding Notes validly withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn notes may be re-tendered by following one of the procedures described under “— How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange” above at any time at or prior to the expiration time.

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

All of the conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived at or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Promptly following the expiration time we will accept for exchange all Outstanding Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of such date. We will promptly issue Exchange Notes for all validly tendered Outstanding Notes. For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Outstanding Notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with written confirmation of any oral notice to be given promptly thereafter. See “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for a discussion of the conditions that must be satisfied before we accept any Outstanding Notes for exchange.

For each Outstanding Note accepted for exchange, the holder will receive an Exchange Note registered under the Securities Act having a principal amount equal to, and in the denomination of, that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. Accordingly, registered holders of Exchange Notes that are outstanding on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date through which interest has been paid on the Outstanding Notes. Outstanding Notes that we accept for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer.

If we do not accept any tendered Outstanding Notes, or if a holder submits Outstanding Notes for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, we will return such unaccepted or non-exchanged

35

Outstanding Notes without cost to the tendering holder. In the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, such non-exchanged Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. We will return the Outstanding Notes or have them credited to DTC promptly after the withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer, as applicable.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon the tender of any minimum principal amount of Outstanding Notes. Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Outstanding Notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, by oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent or by a timely press release, if at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer, any of the following conditions exist:

• any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency challenging the exchange offer or that we believe might be expected to prohibit or materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer;

• any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to either (1) the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part or (2) the qualification of the Indenture governing the Notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

• any law, rule or regulation is enacted, adopted, proposed or interpreted that we believe might be expected to prohibit or impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or to materially impair the ability of holders generally to receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes in the exchange offer. See “— Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes”;

• any change or a development involving a prospective change in our business, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, prospects, operations or results of operations taken as a whole, that is or may be adverse to us;

• any declaration of war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or the worsening of any such condition that existed at the time that we commence the exchange offer; or

• we become aware of facts that, in our reasonable judgment, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer.

Accounting Treatment

For accounting purposes, we will not recognize gain or loss upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes for Outstanding Notes.

Fees and Expenses

We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptance of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of mailing expenses. We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including:

• SEC registration fees;

• fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

• our accounting and legal fees;

• printing fees; and

• related fees and expenses.

36

Transfer Taxes

Holders who tender their Outstanding Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange. If, however, Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Outstanding Notes in connection with the exchange offer, then the holder must pay these transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other person. If satisfactory evidence of payment of or exemption from these taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of these transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

The Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wilmington Trust, National Association as our exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at one of its addresses set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance respecting the procedures for the exchange offer, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should also be directed to the exchange agent at one of its addresses below:

Deliver to:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

By hand delivery, mail or overnight courier at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

c/o Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Sam Hamed

or

By facsimile transmission

(for eligible institutions only):

(302) 636-4139

Confirm by telephone:

(302) 636-6181

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of such letter of transmittal via facsimile other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes

Outstanding Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following the consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the provisions in the Indenture and the legend contained on the Outstanding Notes regarding the transfer restrictions of the Outstanding Notes. In general, Outstanding Notes, unless registered under the Securities Act, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will take any action to register under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws the Outstanding Notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or that are tendered in the exchange offer but are not accepted for exchange.

Holders of the Exchange Notes and any Outstanding Notes that remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer will vote together as a single series for purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite percentage of the series have taken certain actions or exercised certain rights under the Indenture.

37

Consequences of Exchanging Outstanding Notes

We have not requested, and do not intend to request, an interpretation by the staff of the SEC as to whether the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However, based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC, as set forth in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders of those Exchange Notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:

• the holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act;

• the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business;

• neither the holder, nor, to the actual knowledge of such holder, any other person receiving Exchange Notes from such holder, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer;

• if the holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

• if such a holder is a broker-dealer, such broker-dealer will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes and:

• such Outstanding Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities; and

• it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer, and will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act with respect to resale of any Exchange Notes. (In no-action letters issued to third parties, the SEC has taken the position that broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of Outstanding Notes) by delivery of the prospectus relating to the exchange offer.) See “Plan of Distribution” for a discussion of the exchange and resale obligations of broker-dealers in connection with the exchange offer.

Each holder participating in the exchange offer will be required to furnish us with a written representation in the letter of transmittal that it meets each of these conditions and agree to these terms.

However, because the SEC has not considered the exchange offer for our Outstanding Notes in the context of a no-action letter, we cannot guarantee that the staff of the SEC would make similar determinations with respect to this exchange offer. If our belief is not accurate and you transfer an Exchange Note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the federal securities laws or without an exemption from these laws, you may incur liability under the federal securities laws. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

Any holder that is an affiliate of ours or that tenders Outstanding Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution:

• may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the SEC staff’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co., Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter (July 2, 1993); and

• must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

38

The Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer may not be offered or sold in any state unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and complied with by the holders offering or selling the Exchange Notes. We currently do not intend to register or qualify the offer or sale of the Exchange Notes in any state where we would not otherwise be required to qualify.

Filing of Registration Statements

Under the registration rights agreement we agreed, among other things, that if:

• we determine that an exchange offer registration is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the SEC’s staff;

• the exchange offer is not consummated by January 9, 2012;

• any holder (other than an initial purchaser of the Outstanding Notes) is not entitled to participate in the exchange offer;

• any initial purchaser of the Outstanding Notes so requests with respect to Outstanding Notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes and are held by such initial purchaser following the termination of the exchange offer; or

• any initial purchaser of the Outstanding Notes that participates in the exchange offer (and tenders its Outstanding Notes prior to the expiration thereof), does not receive Exchange Notes that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours or as a participating broker-dealer);

we will file a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to a shelf registration of the Outstanding Notes for resale by holders and use our commercially reasonable efforts to have such shelf registration statement declared effective by the SEC. We are required to use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective from the date the shelf registration is declared effective until the earlier of (i) April 14, 2013 and (ii) the date upon which all the Notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement. The registration rights agreement provides that we may delay the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a period of up to 60 consecutive days (no more than three times during any calendar year):

• because of the occurrence of other material events or developments with respect to us that would need to be described in the registration statement, and the effectiveness of the registration statement is reasonably required to be suspended while the registration statement is amended or supplemented to reflect such events or developments;

• because of the existence of material events or developments with respect to us, the disclosure of which we determine in good faith would have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or prospects; or

• because we do not wish to disclose publicly a pending material business transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed.

Any delay period as described above will stay the accrual of any additional interest that would have been otherwise payable under the registration rights agreement.

We will provide to the holder or holders of the applicable Outstanding Notes copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify such holder or holders when the shelf registration statement for the applicable Outstanding Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit

39

resales of the applicable Outstanding Notes under the shelf registration statement. A holder of Outstanding Notes that sells such notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, and would be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales.

If (A) we have not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Outstanding Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer on or prior to the 270th day after the issue date (i.e., by January 9, 2012) and (B) if applicable, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the applicable Notes has not been declared effective on or prior to the 330th day after the issue date (i.e., by March 9, 2012), or has been declared effective and such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time during the shelf registration period (subject to certain exceptions), then additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on the principal amount of the applicable Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) commencing on (x) the consummation target date, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the effectiveness target date or the date such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective, as the case may be, in the case of (B) above; provided, however, that upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for all Outstanding Notes tendered (in the case of clause (A) above), or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement (in the case of clause (B) above), Additional Interest on such Notes as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

Any amounts of Additional Interest due will be payable in cash on the same interest payment dates as interest on the Notes is payable.

Although we intend, if required, to file the shelf registration statement, we cannot assure you that the shelf registration statement will be filed or, if filed, that it will become or remain effective.

The foregoing description is a summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement. It does not restate the registration rights agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the registration rights agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and can also be obtained from us. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

40

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following description of indebtedness is qualified in its entirety by reference to the New Credit Facility and the documents governing such indebtedness.

Senior Credit Facilities

On April 14, 2011, we obtained the $1.4 billion New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility consists of (i) a $200 million A term loan that was fully borrowed at closing and matures in April 2016, (ii) a $700 million B term loan that was fully borrowed at closing and matures in April 2018 and (iii) a $500 million revolving loan facility, $368 million of which was borrowed at closing and which matures in April 2016. The $700.0 million B term loan was sold at a price of 99.75% of the principal amount. Upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, we have the option to increase the total amount available under the New Credit Facility by up to the greater of an additional $200 million or an amount determined by reference to our Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Facility agreement).

The A term loan and the revolving loan facility bear interest at the LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum or the base rate plus 1.75% per annum, at the Company’s option. The B term loan bears interest at LIBOR (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%) plus 3.0% per annum or the base rate (subject to a base rate floor of 2.0%) plus 2.0% per annum, at the Company’s option. The LIBOR margin for the A term loan and the revolving loan facility is subject to reduction based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio as defined in the New Credit Facility agreement. We pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving loan facility of 0.50% per annum, which is subject to reduction based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio.

The New Credit Facility agreement requires certain mandatory principal repayments prior to maturity for both term loans. The A term loan requires the following principal amortization: 3.75% in 2012; 12.5% in 2013; 18.75% in 2014; 50% in 2015; and the remaining 15% in 2016. The B term loan requires mandatory principal reductions of 1% per annum, with the remaining 93.25% due at maturity.

All mandatory principal repayments have been made through June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, the amount of the revolving loan facility available for borrowing was $186.8 million, after giving effect to $4.2 million of outstanding letters of credit. From July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, the Company made $60 million in additional debt repayments on the revolving loan facility.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, approximately $85.3 million relating to the tender premium and deferred debt issuance costs were expensed as a result of the early retirement of debt. As of June 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants under the New Credit Facility.

For a more complete description of our liquidity and our debt instruments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 6 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q the quarter ended June 30, 2011, and our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2011. The terms of the obligations described above are complicated; therefore, you should consult the governing agreements, which we have filed as exhibits to our SEC reports, for more detailed information regarding those obligations.

41

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” In this description, the word “Company” refers only to Ameristar Casinos, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. We refer to Exchange Notes and Outstanding Notes (to the extent not exchanged for Exchange Notes) in this section collectively as the “Notes.”

The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 14, 2011, among the Company, the initial Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes are substantially identical, except that the Exchange Notes:

• will have been registered under the Securities Act;

• will not contain transfer restrictions and registration rights that relate to the Outstanding Notes; and

• will not contain provisions relating to the payment of Additional Interest.

The Exchange Notes will be issued only in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

Holders of the Outstanding Notes who do not exchange their Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes will vote together as a single series of notes with holders of the Exchange Notes for all relevant purposes under the Indenture. In that regard, the Indenture requires that certain actions by the holders of a series of notes (including acceleration following an Event of Default, as defined below under “— Events of Default”) must be taken, and certain rights must be exercised, by specified minimum percentages of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. Accordingly, all references in this section will be deemed to mean the requisite percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate the Indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the Notes. A copy of the Indenture is available as described above under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information” and is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees

The Notes

The Notes:

• are general senior unsecured obligations of the Company;

• are pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior Indebtedness;

• are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured Indebtedness, including the Bank Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

• are senior in right of payment to any future senior subordinated or subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; and

• are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors on a senior unsecured basis.

The Guarantees

The Notes are guaranteed by each of the existing Material Subsidiaries of the Company, and, subject to compliance with applicable gaming laws, all future Material Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or any

42

Subsidiary that is a guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement, which are all of the direct and indirect Material Subsidiaries of the Company except any existing Subsidiary or future Material Subsidiary that is designated by the Company in accordance with the Indenture to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Guarantees of the Notes:

• are general senior unsecured obligations of each Guarantor;

• are pari passu in right of payment to all of the applicable Guarantor’s existing and future senior Indebtedness;

• are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

• are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of any Subsidiary of a Guarantor that is not a Guarantor.

As of June 30, 2011, the amount of the revolving loan facility available for borrowing was $186.8 million, after giving effect to $4.2 million of outstanding letters of credit, and our Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors had no Indebtedness or other liabilities.

As of the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes, all of our Subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under the circumstances described below, we are permitted to designate certain Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee these Notes.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited to support findings that the Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Notes — Federal and State Statutes Allow Courts, Under Specific Circumstances, to Void the Guarantees and Require Shareholders to Return Payments Received From Us or the Guarantors.”

Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Guarantor without limitation, or with other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See “Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.” In the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or the sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor, whether by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, in either case provided that such sale or other disposition complies with the provisions set forth in “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” (other than provisions for future application of the Net Cash Proceeds), or in the event of the designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, or upon a discharge of the Indenture in accordance with “— Satisfaction and Discharge” or upon any Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Indenture, the Guarantor’s Guarantee will be released.

Each of the Guarantors is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and the existing Guarantors collectively constitute substantially all of the Company’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries. The Company is a holding company with no operations or material assets other than its investment in the Guarantors, and the aggregate net assets, earnings and equity of the Guarantors and the Company are substantially equivalent to the net assets, earnings and equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Separate financial statements and certain other disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not presented because such Guarantors are jointly and severally liable with respect to the Company’s obligations pursuant to the Notes.

Gaming Approvals

Restrictions on the transfer of the Capital Stock of the Company’s Subsidiaries licensed in certain jurisdictions, and agreements not to encumber such Capital Stock, in each case, in respect of the Notes, are not effective without the prior approval of the applicable Gaming Authorities. All required approvals have been obtained with respect to the Company’s existing Subsidiaries in each jurisdiction.

43

By accepting a Note, each holder or beneficial owner of a Note will be agreeing to comply with all requirements of the Gaming Laws and Gaming Authorities in each jurisdiction where the Company and its Affiliates are licensed or registered under applicable Gaming Laws or conduct gaming activities.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Company issued $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes on April 14, 2011. The Company may issue additional notes from time to time after this offering. Any issuance of additional notes will be subject to all of the covenants in the Indenture, including the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The Notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, provided that if any additional notes are not fungible for United States federal income tax purposes with any of the Notes previously issued, such additional notes will have a separate CUSIP number. Notes are issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will mature on April 15, 2021.

Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7.50% per annum from the Issue Date. Interest will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, with the initial interest payment on October 15, 2011. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1.

Additional Interest is payable with respect to the Outstanding Notes in certain circumstances if the Company does not consummate the Exchange Offer (or shelf registration, if applicable) as provided in the registration rights agreement, as further described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will make all principal, premium and interest payments on Notes held by such holder in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at the addresses set forth in the register of holders; provided that all payments with respect to Global Notes, and any definitive Notes the holder of which has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, will be made by wire transfer. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

44

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below and under the next two headings, the Company does not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to April 15, 2015. Thereafter, the Company has the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such redemption date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2015		105.625	%
2016		103.750	%
2017		101.875	%
2018 and thereafter		100.00	%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, at any time prior to April 15, 2014, redeem up to 35% of the initially outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company at a redemption price in cash of 107.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such redemption date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the initially outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

Redemption at Make-Whole Premium

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or any part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such redemption date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date.

Redemption Based on Gaming Laws

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, if:

(1) any Gaming Authority makes a determination of unsuitability of a holder or beneficial owner of Notes (or of an Affiliate of such holder or beneficial owner), or

(2) any Gaming Authority requires that a holder or beneficial owner of Notes (or an Affiliate thereof) must either (i) be licensed, qualified or found suitable or otherwise obtain any approval, consent, permit or finding under any applicable Gaming Laws or (ii) reduce its position in the Notes to below a level that would require licensure, qualification or a finding of suitability, and such holder or beneficial owner (or Affiliate thereof):

(a) fails to apply for a license, qualification or a finding of suitability within 30 days (or such shorter period as may be required by the applicable Gaming Authority) after being requested to do so by the Gaming Authority,

45

(b) fails to reduce its position in the Notes appropriately, or

(c) is denied such license or qualification or not found suitable or denied such other approval, consent, permit or finding or otherwise fails to qualify under applicable Gaming Laws,

the Company shall have the right, at any time from or after the Issue Date, at its option:

(1) to require any such holder or beneficial owner to dispose of all or a portion of its Notes within 30 days (or such earlier date as may be required by the applicable Gaming Authority) of receipt of such notice or finding by such Gaming Authority, or

(2) to call for the redemption of all or a portion of the Notes of such holder or beneficial owner at a redemption price equal to the least of:

(a) the principal amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the earlier of the date of redemption or the date of the denial of license or qualification or of the finding of unsuitability by such Gaming Authority (subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such redemption date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date),

(b) the price at which such holder or beneficial owner acquired the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the earlier of the date of redemption or the date of the denial of license or qualification or of the finding of unsuitability by such Gaming Authority (subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such redemption date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date),

(c) the fair market value of the Notes to be redeemed on the date of redemption, or

(d) such other lesser amount as may be required by any Gaming Authority.

Immediately upon a determination by a Gaming Authority that a holder or beneficial owner of Notes (or an Affiliate thereof) will not be licensed, qualified or found suitable or is denied approval, consent, a permit, a license, qualification or a finding of suitability, the holder or beneficial owner will not have any further rights with respect to the Notes to:

(1) exercise, directly or indirectly, through any Person, any right conferred by the Notes,

(2) receive any interest or Additional Interest, if any, or any other distribution or payment with respect to the Notes, or

(3) receive any remuneration in any form from the Company or its Affiliates for services rendered or otherwise, except the redemption price of the Notes.

The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any such redemption as soon as practicable. The holder or beneficial owner (or an Affiliate thereof) applying for a license, qualification or a finding of suitability must pay all costs of the licensure or investigation for such qualification or finding of suitability.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed among the holders of Notes as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, or

(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot (in the case of a partial redemption) or in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

46

If a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, the Trustee will select the Notes only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).

No Note of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may be conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company).

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption. On and after the redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed.

Mandatory Redemption

Except as described below under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders,” the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice for all of the Notes as permitted under “— Optional Redemption” or “— Redemption at Make-Whole Premium,” each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; provided that no Note of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part) of such holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record dates occurring prior to such repurchase date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to the Trustee and each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Change of Control Offer may be made up to 60 days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. The Company will comply with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all applicable federal and state securities laws, and will include all instructions and materials necessary to enable holders to tender their Notes and, to the extent that the provisions of any such laws or rules conflict with the provisions of this covenant, the Company’s compliance with such laws and rules shall not in and of itself cause a breach of the Company’s obligations under this covenant.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

47

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted, together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered by such holder, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Credit Facilities or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may contain restrictions on the ability of the Company to purchase any Notes, and also may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consents of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain all such requisite consents or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. There can be no assurance that in the event of a Change of Control the Company will have sufficient funds, or that it will be permitted under the terms of the Bank Credit Agreement, to satisfy its obligations with respect to any or all of the tendered Notes.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person or group may be uncertain.

The presence of the Company’s Note repurchase obligation in the event of a Change of Control may deter potential bidders from attempting to acquire the Company, whether by merger, tender offer or otherwise. Such deterrence may have an adverse effect on the market price for the Company’s securities, particularly its common stock.

Asset Sales. No Obligor will, directly or indirectly:

(1) consummate an Asset Sale unless such Obligor receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale (determined at such time or at such earlier time as such Obligor becomes obligated to complete such Asset Sale) at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or of which other disposition is made (as determined in good faith by the Company and, in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $25 million, as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of the Company), and

48

(2) consummate or enter into a binding obligation to consummate an Asset Sale unless at least 75% of the consideration received by such Obligor from such Asset Sale will be cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities as shown on the Obligor’s most recent balance sheet (or in the notes thereto or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such Obligor’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) (other than (i) Indebtedness subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, (ii) contingent liabilities, (iii) liabilities or Indebtedness to Affiliates of the Company and (iv) Non-Recourse Indebtedness) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

(b) to the extent of the cash received, any notes or other obligations or securities or assets received by such Obligor from such transferee that are converted by such Obligor into cash within 180 days of receipt, and

(c) Productive Assets.

Upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company or the affected Obligor will be required to apply an amount equal to all Net Cash Proceeds (excluding amounts received and considered as “cash” pursuant to clauses (2)(a) and (2)(c) of the first paragraph of this covenant) that are received from such Asset Sale within 360 days of the receipt thereof either:

(1) to reinvest (or enter into a binding commitment to invest, if such investment is effected within 360 days after the date of such commitment) in Productive Assets or in Asset Acquisitions not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(2) to repay Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement (or other Indebtedness of the Company or such Obligor, as applicable, secured by a Lien permitted by the Indenture (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (or any Affiliate thereof) or Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees)), and, in the case of any such repayment under any revolving credit or other facility that permits future borrowings, effect a permanent reduction in the availability or commitment under such facility; and/or

(3) a combination of prepayment and reinvestment as permitted by the foregoing clauses (1) and (2).

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Obligors may temporarily reduce revolving Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

On the 361st day after an Asset Sale (or in the case of any amount committed to reinvestment, on the 181st day following the 361st day after an Asset Sale if such amount is not actually so reinvested) or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of the Company or the affected Obligor determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clause (1), (2), or (3) of the preceding paragraph (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clause (1), (2), or (3) of the preceding paragraph (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”), will be applied by the Company to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”), on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, on a pro rata basis (a) Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, on the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date, and (b) other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company which is pari passu with the Notes, in each case to the extent required by the terms thereof; provided that if at any time within 360 days after an Asset Sale any non-cash consideration received by the Company or the affected Obligor in connection with such Asset Sale (other than non-cash consideration deemed to be cash as provided in clause (2)(b) above) is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash, then such conversion or disposition will be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof will be

49

applied in accordance with this covenant. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Obligors may use any remaining proceeds of such Asset Sales for general corporate purposes (but subject to the other terms of the Indenture). Upon completion of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount relating to such Net Proceeds Offer will be deemed to be zero for purposes of any subsequent Asset Sale. In the event that a Restricted Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale, only that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (including any Net Cash Proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash proceeds received in connection with an Asset Sale) that are distributed to or received by any Obligor will be required to be applied by the Obligors in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is less than $50 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Net Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until such time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the date of the Indenture from all Asset Sales by the Obligors in respect of which a Net Proceeds Offer has not been made aggregate at least $50 million, at which time the affected Obligor will apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make a Net Proceeds Offer (each date on which the aggregate of all such deferred Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $50 million or more will be deemed to be a Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date).

The Company will comply with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all applicable federal and state securities laws, and will include all instructions and materials necessary to enable holders to tender their Notes and, to the extent that the provisions of any such laws or rules conflict with the provisions of this covenant, the Company’s compliance with such laws and rules shall not in and of itself cause a breach of the Company’s obligations under this covenant.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments.

Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such;

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or of any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, except (i) a payment of principal, interest or other amounts in satisfaction of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or the Stated Maturity thereof, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, purchase or redemption or (ii) a payment made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(iv) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) (each of the foregoing prohibited actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”),

if at the time of such proposed Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto,

(1) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, and is continuing or would result therefrom;

50

(2) the Company is not, or would not be, able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,”; or

(3) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Company) exceeds or would exceed the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the period (treating such period as a single accounting period) beginning on January 1, 2011 and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company ending immediately prior to the date of the making of such Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements are available, plus

(b) 100% of the fair market value of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than from a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced by the conversion or exchange of debt securities or Disqualified Capital Stock into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (to the extent that proceeds of the issuance of such Qualified Capital Stock would have been includable in this clause if such Qualified Capital Stock had been initially issued for cash) subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the date of the making of such Restricted Payment (excluding any Qualified Capital Stock of the Company the purchase price of which has been financed directly or indirectly using funds (i) borrowed from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, unless and until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid, or (ii) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan)); provided that such aggregate net proceeds are limited to cash, Cash Equivalents and other Productive Assets, plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate cash received by the Company subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the date of the making of such Restricted Payment upon the exercise of options or warrants (whether issued prior to or after the Issue Date) to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, plus

(d) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, or any dividends, distributions, interest payments, principal repayments or returns of capital are received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Restricted Investment, the proceeds of such sale, liquidation, repayment, dividend, distribution, principal repayment or return of capital, in each such case (i) reduced by the amount of any Amount Limitation Restoration (as defined below) for such Restricted Investment and (ii) valued at the cash or fair market value of Cash Equivalents received with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), and to the extent that any Restricted Investment consisting of a guarantee or other contingent obligation that was made after the Issue Date is terminated or cancelled, the excess, if any, of (x) the amount by which such Restricted Investment reduced the sum otherwise available for making Restricted Payments under this first paragraph of the Restricted Payment covenant, over (y) the aggregate amount of payments made (including costs incurred) in respect of such guarantee or other contingent obligation, plus

(e) to the extent that any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Restricted Investment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person as of the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or in such Unrestricted Subsidiary on the date of redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the fair market value of such Restricted Investment as of the date such Restricted Investment was originally made in such Person or, in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary which Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the amount of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Restricted Investment therein as determined under the last paragraph of this covenant, plus the aggregate fair market

51

value of any additional Restricted Investments (each valued as of the date made) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; provided that any amount so determined in (i) or (ii) shall be reduced to the extent that such Restricted Investment shall have been recouped as an Amount Limitation Restoration to the Amount Limitation of clause (5) below.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution if the making thereof would have been permitted on the date of declaration; provided such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been made as of its date of declaration for purposes of this clause (1);

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, rights or options to acquire Capital Stock of the Company either (a) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (b) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(3) the payment, redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Indebtedness of any Obligor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees (a) solely in exchange for (i) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or (b) through the application of the net proceeds of a sale for cash (other than to an Obligor) within 45 days of such sale of (i) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, rights or options to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (c) within one year of the scheduled final maturity thereof;

(4) redemptions, repurchases or repayments to the extent required by any Gaming Authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or deemed necessary by the Board of the Company in order to avoid the suspension, revocation or denial of a gaming license by any Gaming Authority or other right to conduct lawful gaming operations;

(5) repurchases by the Company of its common stock, options, warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into such common stock from employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries upon death, disability or termination of employment, relationship or directorship of such employees, officers, consultants or directors;

(6) the payment of any amounts in respect of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary organized as a partnership or a limited liability company or other pass-through entity:

(a) to the extent of capital contributions made to such Restricted Subsidiary (other than capital contributions made to such Restricted Subsidiary by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary),

(b) to the extent required by applicable law, or

(c) to the extent necessary for holders thereof to pay taxes with respect to the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary, the payment of which amounts under this clause (c) is required by the terms of the relevant partnership agreement, limited liability company operating agreement or other governing document;

provided, that except in the case of clause (b) or (c), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such Restricted Payment or would result therefrom, and provided further that, except in the case of clause (b) or (c), such distributions are made pro rata in accordance with the respective Equity Interests contemporaneously with the distributions paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or their Affiliates holding an interest in such Equity Interests;

52

(7) the payment of any dividend or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(8) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options, or upon the vesting of restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance share units to the extent the amount of such repurchase is deducted as compensation expense in the determination of Consolidated Net Income or is necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations attributable to such vesting;

(9) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(10) payments in lieu of fractional shares of the Company’s Capital Stock;

(11) that portion of Restricted Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock;

(12) dividends on the Company’s Capital Stock not to exceed $16 million in any fiscal year; provided that an amount not used in any fiscal year may be carried forward and applied in any subsequent fiscal year;

(13) the acquisition of Capital Stock by the Company pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those described under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” and “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”; provided that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; or

(15) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $150 million in the aggregate made on or after the Issue Date; provided no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom.

In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date, Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses 3(a)(ii), 3(b)(ii), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) or (14) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall, in each case, be excluded from such calculation; provided, that any amounts expended or liabilities incurred in respect of fees, premiums or similar payments in connection therewith shall be included in such calculation. Restricted Payments under clause (15) shall be limited to the amount of $150 million set forth in such clause (an “Amount Limitation”). The Amount Limitation shall be permanently reduced at the time of any Restricted Payment made under such clause; provided, however, that to the extent that a Restricted Investment made under such clause is sold for cash or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, interest payments, principal repayments or returns of capital are received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Restricted Investment, valued, in each such case at the cash or marked-to-market value of Cash Equivalents received with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), or to the extent that any Restricted Investment consisting of a guarantee or other contingent obligation that was made after the Issue Date is terminated or cancelled, the excess, if any of (x) the amount by which such Restricted Investment counted toward the Amount Limitation, over (y) the aggregate amount of payments made (including costs incurred) in respect of such guarantee or other contingent obligation, then the Amount Limitation for such clause shall be increased by the amount so received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the amount of such excess of (x) over (y) (an “Amount Limitation Restoration”). In no event shall the aggregate Amount Limitation Restoration for a Restricted Investment exceed the original amount of such Restricted Investment.

53

With respect to clause (15) above, the Amount Limitation under such clause shall also be increased when any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary (each such increase also referred to as an “Amount Limitation Restoration”) by the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Restricted Investment made under clause (15) above in such Person as of the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or in such Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of redesignation, as the case may be, or (ii) the fair market value of such Restricted Investment as of the date such Restricted Investment was originally made in such Person or, in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary which Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the amount of the Company’s Restricted Investment therein as determined under the last paragraph of this covenant, plus the aggregate fair market value of any additional Investments (each valued as of the date made) made under clause (15) above in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date.

Not less than once each fiscal quarter in which the Company has made a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 3 of the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (15) above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that each Restricted Payment (and any Amount Limitation Restoration relied upon in making such Restricted Payment) made during the prior fiscal quarter complies with the Indenture and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which the required calculations were computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company’s latest available internal quarterly financial statements. In the event that the Company makes one or more Restricted Payments in an amount exceeding $10 million during the prior fiscal quarter that have not been covered by an officers’ certificate issued pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Restricted Payments (and any Amount Limitation Restoration relied upon in making such Restricted Payment) comply with the Indenture and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis upon which the required calculations were computed (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely without any investigation whatsoever), which calculations may be based upon the Company’s latest available internal quarterly financial statements. In the event the Company fails to deliver any such report described in this paragraph to the Trustee, such failure shall not constitute a Default until and unless the Company has failed to deliver such report within 30 days after written notice to the Company of such failure by the Trustee or by a holder.

For purposes of this covenant, it is understood that the Company may rely on internal or publicly reported financial statements even though there may be subsequent adjustments (including review and audit adjustments) to such financial statements. For avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Payment that complied with the conditions of this covenant, made in reliance on such calculation by the Company based on such internal or publicly reported financial statements, shall be deemed to continue to comply with the conditions of this covenant, notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments that may result in changes to such internal financial or publicly reported statements.

The Board of the Company may designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Obligors (except to the extent repaid in cash or in kind) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant to the extent that such deemed Restricted Payments would not be excluded from such calculation under the second paragraph of this covenant. All such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation (as determined in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Company).

Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

54

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) Incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Capital Stock, or (2) cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock, in each case, other than Permitted Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company may issue Disqualified Capital Stock and may Incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt), and any Obligor (other than the Company) may issue preferred stock or Incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt), if immediately after giving pro forma effect to such proposed Incurrence or issuance and the receipt and application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Company’s Consolidated Coverage Ratio would not be less than 2.00:1.00.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement) as reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent reductions thereof;

(2) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company under the $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes to be issued on the Issue Date and by the Guarantors under the Guarantees and any notes (and guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for the notes pursuant to the registration rights agreement;

(3) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the Bank Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (3) as of any date of Incurrence (after giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds of such Incurrence), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to repay, redeem, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (3), shall not exceed the greater of (i) $1.8 billion and (ii) 3.50x Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the twelve-month period ended at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available (including pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”), to be reduced dollar-for-dollar by the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by an Obligor to repay Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;

(4) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such Indebtedness owing by the Company or any Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable, and (ii) if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness (other than a Permitted Lien), such acquisition or holding shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (4) by the issuer of such Indebtedness;

(5) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(6) the Incurrence by Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Indebtedness; provided that, if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an Incurrence of Indebtedness that is not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary solely to finance the construction or acquisition or improvement of, or consisting of Capitalized Leased Obligations Incurred to acquire rights of use in, Productive Assets, as applicable, and, in any such case, Incurred prior to or within 180 days after the

55

construction, acquisition, improvement or leasing of the subject assets, not to exceed the greater of (i) $75 million and (ii) 4.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time (including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to repay, redeem, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) for all of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

(8) Hedging Obligations and Interest Swap Obligations entered into not as speculative Investments but as hedging transactions designed to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates in connection with Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder or against exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(9) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in respect of performance bonds, completion guarantees and similar arrangements (to the extent that the Incurrence thereof does not result in the Incurrence of any obligation for the payment of borrowed money of others), in the ordinary course of business; provided, that such Indebtedness shall be Incurred solely in connection with the development, construction, improvement or enhancement of assets useful in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the development, improvement or enhancement of the operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, worker’s compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations surety bonds and appeal bonds (to the extent that the Incurrence thereof does not result in the Incurrence of any obligation for the payment of borrowed money of others), in the ordinary course of business, in amounts and for the purposes customary in such Person’s industry;

(11) the guarantee by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or of any other Guarantor, or the guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of senior Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided such Indebtedness was outstanding on the Issue Date or was, at the time it was incurred, permitted to be incurred by the Company or such Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary under the Indenture; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee may only be incurred by a Guarantor and shall be subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(12) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (12);

(13) Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50 million under a junior pay-in-kind note incurred in order to redeem or repurchase Capital Stock of the Company upon a final determination by any Gaming Authority of the unsuitability of a holder or beneficial owner of Capital Stock of the Company or upon any other requirement or order by any Gaming Authority having jurisdiction over the Company prohibiting a holder from owning, beneficially or otherwise, the Company’s Capital Stock, provided that the Company has used its reasonable efforts to effect a disposition of such Capital Stock to a third party and has been unable to do so; provided further that such junior pay-in-kind note:

(a) is expressly subordinated to the Notes,

(b) provides that no installment of principal matures (whether by its terms, by optional or mandatory redemption or otherwise) earlier than three months after the maturity of the Notes,

56

(c) provides for no cash payments of interest, premium or other distributions earlier than six months after the maturity of the Notes and provides that all interest, premium or other distributions may only be made by distributions of additional junior pay-in-kind notes, which such in-kind distributions shall be deemed Permitted Indebtedness, and

(d) contains provisions whereby the holder thereof agrees that prior to the maturity or payment in full in cash of the Notes, regardless of whether any insolvency or liquidation has occurred against any Obligor, such holder will not exercise any rights or remedies or institute any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies under such junior pay-in-kind note;

(14) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(15) the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock;

(16) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of suppliers, lessees and vendors;

(17) Acquired Debt and any other Indebtedness incurred to finance a merger, consolidation or other acquisition; provided that (x) immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Acquired Debt and such other Indebtedness, as the case may be, on a pro forma basis as if such incurrence (and the related merger, consolidation or other acquisition) had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company’s Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than the Company’s Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other acquisition and (y)(i) in the case of Acquired Debt, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than three years and (ii) in the case of any such other Indebtedness, has a final maturity at least 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes;

(18) Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value or, in the case of Disqualified Capital Stock, maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price, as applicable) outstanding under this clause (18) as of any date of Incurrence, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to repay, redeem, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock Incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed the greater of (i) $100 million and (ii) 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and

(19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock of the Company to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Notes as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.”

For purposes of this definition, it is understood that the Company may rely on internal or publicly reported financial reports even though there may be subsequent adjustments (including review and audit adjustments) to such financial statements. For avoidance of doubt, any incurrence of Permitted Indebtedness which is based upon or made in reliance on a computation based on such internal or publicly reported financial statements shall be deemed to continue to comply with the applicable covenant, notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments that may result in changes to such internal or publicly reported financial statements.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing

57

would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Any Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition of capital stock or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred as of the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary will not constitute a separate incurrence, or amount outstanding, of Indebtedness so long as the Indebtedness so guaranteed was incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (19) of such definition or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the second paragraph of this covenant, the Company will, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the second paragraph hereof. The Company may reclassify such Indebtedness from time to time in its sole discretion and may classify any item of Indebtedness in part under one or more of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness and/or in part as Indebtedness entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the second paragraph of this covenant.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of principal amount or dividends, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or the payment of dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant. Any increase in the amount of Indebtedness solely by reason of currency fluctuations will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant. A change in GAAP that results in an obligation existing at the time of such change, not previously classified as Indebtedness, becoming Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

Liens.

No Obligor will, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or assume any Lien, except a Permitted Lien, on or with respect to any of its property or assets including any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any income, profits or proceeds therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of any Lien securing Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, the Notes or the Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds, that is senior in priority to such Lien, for so long as such Indebtedness is secured by such Lien; and

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.

58

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

No Restricted Subsidiary will, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) make loans or advances to or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary (each such encumbrance or restriction in clause (1), (2) or (3), a “Payment Restriction”).

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, including any Gaming Law, or as otherwise required by any Gaming Authority;

(b) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and other Indebtedness, Disqualified Capital Stock or preferred stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary ranking pari passu in right of payment with the Notes; provided that such restrictions are no more restrictive taken as a whole than those imposed by the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in the good faith judgment of the Company;

(c) customary non-assignment provisions and restrictions on subletting in any contract, license or lease of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) any instrument governing Acquired Debt Incurred in connection with an acquisition by any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture as the same was in effect on the date of such Incurrence; provided that such encumbrance or restriction is not, and will not be, applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets, including directly-related assets, such as accessions and proceeds so acquired or leased;

(e) any restriction or encumbrance contained in contracts for the sale of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be consummated in accordance with the Indenture solely in respect of Equity Interests (or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary) or assets to be sold pursuant to such contract;

(f) any restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) above with respect to the transfer of assets secured by a Lien that is permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred;

(g) any encumbrance or restriction contained in Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no less favorable (taken as a whole) to the holders of the Notes in the good faith judgment of the Company than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(h) agreements governing Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, including the Bank Credit Agreement, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the Indenture, taken as a whole;

(i) any restriction imposed by Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Facilities; provided that such restriction or requirement is no more restrictive taken as a whole than that imposed by the Bank Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date;

59

(j) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements and other similar agreements not prohibited by the Indenture;

(k) any restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(m) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(n) any instruments or agreements governing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, which restriction or encumbrance is not applicable to any Person, or the properties of any Person, other than the non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries obligated in respect of such Indebtedness; or

(o) replacements of restrictions imposed pursuant to clauses (a) through (n) that are no more restrictive than those being replaced.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

The Company may not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person unless:

(1) either

(a) in the case of a consolidation or merger, the Company, or any successor thereto, is the surviving or continuing corporation, or

(b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2) in the event that such transaction involves (a) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of additional Indebtedness (and treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred at the time of such transaction) and/or (b) the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(ii) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), then immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and/or assumption under clauses (a) and (b), (i) the Company, or any such other Person assuming the

60

obligations of the Company through the operation of clause (1)(b) above, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (ii) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or such other Person assuming the obligations of the Company through the operation of clause (1)(b) above) is no less than the Company’s Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions;

(3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(ii) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction) no Default and no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(4) the Company or such other Person shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding clause (2) or (3) above:

(a) any Guarantor may consolidate with, or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or to another Guarantor; and

(b) the Company or any Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person that has conducted no business and Incurred no Indebtedness or other liabilities if such transaction is solely for the purpose of effecting a change in the state of incorporation or form of organization of the Company or such Subsidiary.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to and (except in the case of a lease) be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named therein as the Company and (except in the case of a lease) the Company shall be released from the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture.

No Guarantor may, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor) unless:

(1) either

(a) in the case of a consolidation or merger, the Guarantor, or any successor thereto, is the surviving or continuing corporation, or

(b) the Person (if other than the Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of

61

Columbia and (ii) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee on the terms set forth in the Indenture;

(2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(ii) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction) no Default and no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(3) the Company or such other Person shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

This section includes a phrase relating to the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or a Guarantor and its Subsidiaries) taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, if the Company or its Subsidiaries (or a Guarantor and its Subsidiaries) dispose of less than all their assets by any means described above, the application of the covenant described in this section may be uncertain.

Transactions with Affiliates.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is, considered in light of any series of related transactions of which it comprises a part, on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might reasonably have been obtained at such time in a comparable transaction or series of related transactions on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not such an Affiliate;

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration of $20 million or more to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of the Company (and of any other affected Restricted Subsidiary, where applicable) shall, prior to the consummation of any portion of such Affiliate Transaction, have approved such Affiliate Transaction, as evidenced by a resolution of its Board; and

(3) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving value of $30 million or more to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, the Board of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall have received prior to the consummation of any portion of such Affiliate Transaction, a written opinion from an independent investment banking, valuation, accounting or appraisal firm of recognized national standing that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

The foregoing restrictions will not apply to:

(1) reasonable fees, compensation and benefit arrangements (including any such compensation in the form of Equity Interests not derived from Disqualified Capital Stock, together with loans and advances, the proceeds of which are used to acquire such Equity Interests) paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Board or senior management;

(2) any transaction solely between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

62

(3) any Restricted Payment permitted by the terms of the covenant described above under the heading “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments” or any Permitted Investment;

(4) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) to any of the Company’s Affiliates;

(5) the pledge of the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures to support the Indebtedness thereof;

(6) any transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Affiliate of the Company the Equity Interests of which Affiliate are owned solely by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and by persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(7) transactions pursuant to agreements existing on the Issue Date and any modification thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby in any replacement agreement therefor so long as such modification or replacement (taken as a whole) is not more disadvantageous to the Company or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries than the respective agreement existing on the Issue Date; or

(8) management agreements (including tax management arrangements arising out of, or related to, the filing of a consolidated tax return) entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other entity, on the other hand, pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary controls the day-to-day gaming operations of such entity, if a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of the Company shall have approved such agreements.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

The Company shall cause (i) any Material Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that becomes a guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement after the Issue Date, to:

(1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms set forth in the Indenture; and

(2) deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture.

Lines of Business.

The Obligors will not engage in any lines of business other than the Core Businesses and any Related Business except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Reports.

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the holders of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing or filings by the Company with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and

63

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed by the Company with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case within 15 days of the time periods such filings would be due as specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (including any grace period or extension permitted by the SEC).

In addition, the Company will file such information with the SEC to the extent the SEC is accepting such filings. The Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to the prospective investors, upon their reasonable request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Indenture permits the Company to deliver the consolidated reports or financial information of the Company to comply with the foregoing requirements.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes or the Guarantees;

(2) default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes or the Guarantees when due and payable, at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

(3) subject to the third paragraph from the end of this “— Events of Default and Remedies” section, failure by any Obligor to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or by holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by any Obligor (or the payment of which is guaranteed by any Obligor) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”), or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity (which acceleration has not been rescinded, annulled or cured within 20 business days of receipt by such Obligor of such notice)

and, in each case, the due and payable principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the due and payable principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50 million or more;

(5) failure by any Obligor to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50 million, net of any applicable insurance, the carrier or underwriter with respect to which has acknowledged liability in writing, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; and

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Obligors that, taken together as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Obligors that, taken together as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such

64

case, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on all the Notes and Guarantees then outstanding to be due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if given by holders) specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” and, upon delivery of such notice, the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on all Notes and Guarantees then outstanding will become immediately due and payable. Upon the occurrence of specified Events of Default relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Obligors that, taken together as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, will immediately and automatically become due and payable, without the necessity of notice or any other action by any Person. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. The Trustee may withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

Notwithstanding clause (3) of the first paragraph above or any other provision of the Indenture, any failure to perform, or breach of, any covenant or agreement pursuant to “— Certain Covenants — Reports,” shall not be a Default or an Event of Default until the 121st day after the Company has received the notice referred to in clause (3) of the first paragraph above (at which point, unless cured or waived, such failure to perform or breach shall constitute an Event of Default). Prior to such 121st day, remedies against the Company for any such failure or breach will be limited to Additional Interest at a rate per year equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes from the 60th day following such notice to and including the 120th day following such notice.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or the Guarantees.

The Company will be required to deliver to the Trustee annually statements regarding compliance with the Indenture.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees or Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator or stockholder of any Obligor (or of any stockholder of the Company), in such capacity, will have any liability for any obligations of any Obligor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will terminate (other than certain Obligations that by their terms survive such termination) and will be released upon payment in full of all the Notes issued under the Indenture. The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect

65

to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Guarantees and cure all then existing Events of Default with respect to the Notes (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under “— Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from transactions occurring contemporaneously with the borrowing of funds, or the borrowing of funds, to be applied to such deposit);

66

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than that resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. The registered holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next three succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes).

Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

67

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the conditions described above under the captions; “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Option of Holders — Asset Sales”);

(8) contractually subordinate the Notes or the Guarantees to any other Indebtedness; or

(9) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without notice to or the consent of any holder of Notes, the Obligors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes or Guarantees in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or Guarantees, to provide for the assumption of the Obligors’ obligations to holders of Notes in the case of a merger, consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to comply with requirements of applicable Gaming Laws or to provide for requirements imposed by applicable Gaming Authorities, to allow any Guarantor to execute a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor trustee, to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture or to conform the Indenture, the Notes, or the Guarantees to this “Description of the Notes.”

In addition, any amendment which releases any Guarantor from its obligations under any Guarantee (except as specified in the Guarantee release provisions contained in the Indenture prior to any such amendment) will require the consent of the holders of at least 66% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of holders of Notes. The consent of the Noteholders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Governing Law

The Indenture provides that it, the Notes and the Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Each party to the Indenture waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, or in connection with, the Indenture.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption (and all conditions to such redemption having been satisfied

68

or waived) or otherwise, or will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(3) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Upon compliance with the foregoing, the Trustee shall execute proper instrument(s) acknowledging the satisfaction and discharge of all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue in certain circumstances or resign. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent Person in the conduct of his own affairs. However, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of another Person and any of such other Person’s Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or at the time it merges or consolidates with such Person or any of such Person’s Subsidiaries or is assumed by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person or such other Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person or such acquisition, merger or consolidation and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

69

“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to the provisions relating to additional interest described under the heading “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

“Affiliate” means, when used with reference to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. None of the initial purchasers of the Notes nor any of their respective Affiliates shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Obligor or of any of their respective Affiliates.

“Applicable Premium” means with respect to any Note on any redemption date, as determined by the Company, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at April 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “— Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through April 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of the Note.

“Asset Acquisition” means:

(1) an Investment by any Obligor in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become an Obligor or a Restricted Subsidiary of an Obligor or shall be merged into or with any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary of an Obligor, or

(2) the acquisition by any Obligor of assets of any Person comprising a division or line of business of such Person or all or substantially all of the assets of such Person.

“Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other disposition (for purposes of this definition, each a “disposition”) by any Obligor (including, without limitation, pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction or any merger or consolidation of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with or into another Person (other than another Obligor) whereby such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to any Person of:

(1) any property or assets of any Obligor (other than Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the extent that any such disposition is not in the ordinary course of business of such Obligor; or

(2) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), other than, in both cases:

(a) any sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (including by liquidation) to the Company,

(b) any sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (including by liquidation) to any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary,

(c) any disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment that is made in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,”

70

(d) any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary) resulting in Net Cash Proceeds to such Obligor of less than $25 million,

(e) any transaction that is consummated in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,”

(f) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse (direct or indirect), of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof,

(g) any Permitted Lien or any other pledge, assignment by way of collateral security, grant of security interest, hypothecation or mortgage, permitted by the Indenture or any foreclosure, judicial or other sale, public or private, by the pledgee, assignee, mortgagee or other secured party of the subject assets,

(h) a disposition of assets constituting a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,”

(i) transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(k) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not materially interfering with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(l) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary,

(m) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents,

(n) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property for use in a Core Business or Related Business,

(o) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture, or

(p) any leases of retail, restaurant or entertainment venues and other similar spaces within a Casino.

“Bank Credit Agreement” means the credit facility provided to the Company pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2011, as amended, by and among the Company, the financial institutions from time to time named therein, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Commerzbank AG New York Branch, as Documentation Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent and U.S. Bank National Association, as Documentation Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors or other purchasers), modified, substituted or otherwise restructured (including, but not limited to, the inclusion of additional borrowers thereunder), in whole or in part from time to time whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative, lenders, investors or debt holders and irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Bank Credit Agreement” shall include agreements in respect of Interest Swap Obligations and other Hedging Obligations with lenders party to the Bank Credit Agreement or their affiliates.

“Board” means (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors (or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board) or other similar governing body of the

71

controlling general partner of the partnership; (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the Person or Persons who are the managing member, members or managers or any controlling committee or managing member, members or managers thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee or other body of such Person serving a similar function.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, rights, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such Person; and

(2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, an obligation of such Person that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligation at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. The final maturity of any such obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without penalty.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) Government Securities;

(2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;

(3) certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits or bankers acceptances maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and issued by, and overnight bank deposits with, any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having, at the date of acquisition of the applicable Cash Equivalent, combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days after the date of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (5) hereof, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or a rating of at least A-1 from S&P on the date of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) debt obligations of any corporation maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, having a rating of at least “P-1” or “Aa” from Moody’s or “A-1” or “AA” from S&P on the date of such acquisition; and

(7) mutual funds and money market accounts investing at least 90% of the funds under management in instruments of the types described in clauses (1) through (6) above and, in each case, maturing within the period specified above for such instrument after the date of acquisition thereof by any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary.

“Casino” means any gaming establishment and other property or assets directly ancillary thereto or used in connection therewith, including any building, restaurant, hotel, theater, parking facilities, retail shops, land, golf courses and other recreation and entertainment facilities, marina, vessel, barge, ship and equipment.

72

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than to the Company or a Guarantor and other than a transaction where the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Capital Stock of the acquiring person;

(2) the adoption, or, if applicable, the approval of any requisite percentage of the Company’s stockholders of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares).

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any Determination Date, the ratio of:

(1) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to such date for which internal financial reports are available; to

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense during such period;

provided that the Consolidated Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom, if applicable), as of the beginning of the applicable period, to any Asset Acquisition, Incurrence, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness (including the Notes), issuance or redemption of Disqualified Capital Stock, Asset Sale, designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, at any time during or subsequent to such period, but on or prior to the applicable Determination Date.

In making such computation, Consolidated Interest Expense:

(1) attributable to any Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rate in effect on the applicable Determination Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (except that such interest on Indebtedness, to the extent covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements);

(2) attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving Credit Facility shall be computed on a pro forma basis based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness outstanding during the applicable period; or

(3) interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

It is understood that the Company may rely on internal or publicly reported financial reports even though there may be subsequent adjustments (including review and audit adjustments) to such financial statements. For avoidance of doubt, any action taken or not taken in compliance with a covenant in the Indenture which is based upon or made in reliance on a computation of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio by the Company based on such internal or publicly reported financial statements shall be deemed to continue to comply with the applicable covenant, notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments that may result in changes to such internal or publicly reported financial statements.

73

For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for the most recently completed period of four full fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the last quarter for which internal financial statements are available (such period of four fiscal quarters, the “Measurement Period”), not more than 135 days prior to the transaction or event giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense,

(1) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement Period;

(2) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio) will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such Measurement Period;

(3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner:

(a) acquired (including through an Asset Acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business or commenced operation of any Project during such Measurement Period or after the end of such Measurement Period and on or prior to the Determination Date, or

(b) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during such Measurement Period or after the end of such Measurement Period and on or prior to the Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition or the commencement of activities constituting such operating business or operation of such Project, all such transactions had been consummated or effected on the first day of such Measurement Period and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions had been consummated prior to the first day of such Measurement Period; provided, however, that such pro forma adjustment shall give effect to any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the 12-month period following the consummation of the transaction, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company (regardless of whether those expense or cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto), provided that such adjustments are set forth in an officer’s certificate signed by the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company which states (A)the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (B) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith belief of the Company at the time of such execution and (C) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the Indenture; and

(4) any Indebtedness Incurred and proceeds thereof received and applied as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio will be deemed to have been so Incurred, received and applied on the first day of such Measurement Period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:

(1) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus

(2) to the extent that any of the following shall have been taken into account in determining such Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication:

(a) all income taxes, franchise taxes or similar taxes or taxes based on profits or capital (including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations) of such Person and its

74

Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses or taxes attributable to sales or dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business),

(b) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

(c) the amortization expense (including the amortization of deferred financing charges) and any amortization or write-off of goodwill or other intangible assets and depreciation expense for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,

(d) all other non-cash items (other than non-cash interest) of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing such Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (d) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid,

(e) any non-recurring costs or expenses of an acquired company or business incurred in connection with the purchase or acquisition of such acquired company or business by such Person (including any restructuring expenses or charges) and any non-recurring adjustments necessary to conform the accounting policies of the acquired company or business to those of such Person,

(f) the amount of interest expense attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary to the extent paid by third parties, and

(g) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”, less

(3) (a) all non-cash items of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, and (b) all cash payments during such period relating to non-cash items that were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, plus

(4) pre-opening expenses related to a Project.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capitalized Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations or Interest Swap Obligations); provided, however, that Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include either (x) amortization or write-offs of debt issuance costs and deferred financing costs (including without limitation related to the original issuance of the Notes or any financing consummated prior thereto), (y) any expensing of commitment and other financing fees or (z) write-offs relating to termination of interest rate swap arrangements related to the original issuance of the Notes or any financing consummated prior thereto; and

(2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and

(3) any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and

75

(4) the product of:

(a) all dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock); provided that with respect to any series of preferred stock that did not pay cash dividends during such period but that is required to pay cash dividends during any period prior to the maturity date of the Notes, cash dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to such series of preferred stock during the period of accrual for purposes of this clause (4); times

(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom:

(1) net after-tax gains and losses from all sales or dispositions of assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(2) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary or non-recurring income or gains or losses, costs, charges or expenses, including from severance, relocation and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans;

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment, conversion or cancellation of debt, Interest Swap Obligations, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(4) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

(5) the effect of marking to market Interest Swap Obligations and Hedging Obligations permitted to be Incurred by clause (8) of Permitted Indebtedness;

(6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(7) any net income of any other Person if such other Person is not a Subsidiary and is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that such Person’s equity in the net income of any such other Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such other Person during such period to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation that such amount so paid to a Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that such amount could not at that time be paid to the Company due to the restrictions set forth in clause (8) below);

(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3(a) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, by contract, operation of law, pursuant to its charter or otherwise on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person except that:

(a) such Person’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash (or other property actually

76

converted into cash) actually distributed or that could have been paid or distributed during such period to such Person as a dividend or other distribution (whether or not due to a waiver of such restriction), and

(b) such Person’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income regardless of any such restriction;

(9) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date;

(10) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);

(11) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any net income or loss of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;

(12) non-cash charges or expenses relating to compensation expense in connection with benefits provided under employee stock option plans, restricted stock plans and other equity compensation arrangements;

(13) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC Topic 815 will be excluded;

(14) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days);

(15) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;

(16) the net income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s equity in the net income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash (or other property actually converted into cash) actually distributed by such Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution; and

(17) any fees, expenses, premiums and other charges in connection with the issuance of the Notes, the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement, the Tender Offer, the transactions under the Stock Purchase Agreement or any other issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction, amendment or other modification of any debt instrument, acquisition, investment or asset disposition.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any Determination Date, the total amount of assets that would appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, less the sum of (i) the goodwill, net, and other intangible assets and (ii) all current liabilities (other than any current portion of long-term Indebtedness), in each case as they would appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

77

“Core Businesses” means (a) the gaming, card club, racing, sports, entertainment, amusement, lodging, restaurant, retail operations, service station operations, riverboat operations, real estate development and all other businesses and activities necessary for or reasonably related or incident thereto, including, without limitation, related acquisition, construction, development or operation of related parking, truck stop, transportation, retail and other facilities designed to enhance any of the foregoing and (b) any of the types of pre-existing businesses being operated on land acquired (whether by purchase, lease or otherwise) by an Obligor, or similar types of businesses conducted by such Obligor after such acquisition of land, and all other businesses and activities necessary for or reasonably related or incident thereto, provided that such land was acquired by such Obligor for the purpose, determined in good faith by the Company, of ultimately conducting a business or activity described in clause (a) above at some time in the future.

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to any Obligor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Bank Credit Agreement) or other financing arrangements (including without limitation commercial paper facilities or indentures) with any combination of banks, other lenders and other investors, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, indentures, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, modified, substituted or otherwise restructured (including, but not limited to, the inclusion of additional borrowers thereunder), in whole or in part from time to time by the same or different agent, trustee, representative, lenders, investors or other debtholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facilities” shall include agreements in respect of Interest Swap Obligations and other Hedging Obligations with lenders party to the Credit Facilities or their affiliates.

“Default” means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

“Determination Date” means, with respect to any calculation, the date on or as of which such calculation is made in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is, by its terms, convertible or for which it is, by its terms, exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any specified event (other than a Change of Control), is required to be redeemed or is redeemable (at the option of the holder thereof) at any time prior to the earlier of the repayment of all Notes or the stated maturity of the Notes or is exchangeable at the sole option of the holder (except upon a Change of Control) thereof for Indebtedness at any time prior to the earlier of the repayment of all Notes or the stated maturity of the Notes. The “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were repurchased on the date on which such “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of the issuing Person.

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Person organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

78

“Event of Default” means the occurrence of any of the events described under the caption “— Events of Default and Remedies,” after giving effect to any applicable grace periods or notice requirements.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided that, except as otherwise specifically provided by the terms of applicable provisions and related definitions, all calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the Indenture shall utilize GAAP as in effect as of the Issue Date.

“Gaming Approval” means any governmental approval, license, permit, registration, qualification or finding of suitability relating to any gaming business, operation or enterprise.

“Gaming Authority” means any federal, state, local or tribal governmental authority with regulatory oversight of, authority to regulate or jurisdiction over any existing or proposed gaming business, operation or enterprise owned, managed or operated by any Obligor, including, but not limited to, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Liquor Board of Elko County, the Mississippi Gaming Commission, the Mississippi State Tax Commission, the Missouri Gaming Commission, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission, the Iowa Division of Gaming Enforcement, the Colorado Division of Gaming, the Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission, and the Indiana Gaming Commission.

“Gaming Laws” means all applicable provisions of all:

(1) constitutions, treaties, statutes or laws governing gaming operations (including, without limitation, card club casinos and pari-mutuel race tracks) and rules, regulations and ordinances of any Gaming Authority,

(2) Gaming Approvals, and

(3) orders, decisions, judgments, awards and decrees of any Gaming Authority.

“Global Note” means a permanent global note in registered form deposited with the Trustee, as a custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or any other designated depositary.

“Government Securities” means marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof by any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee by a Guarantor of the Obligations of the Company arising under or in connection with the Notes.

“Guarantor” means each Material Subsidiary of the Company in existence on the Issue Date, any future Material Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any future Subsidiary that is a guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement, in each case which has guaranteed the obligations of the Company arising under or in connection with the Notes as required by the Indenture; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means all obligations of the Obligors or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor arising under or in connection with any rate or basis swap, forward contract, commodity swap or option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, foreign currency exchange transaction, cross currency rate swap, currency option, cap, collar or floor transaction, swap option, synthetic trust product, synthetic lease or any similar transaction or agreement.

79

“Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness of any Person or any Lien, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or Lien or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing).

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication, whether contingent or otherwise:

(1) any obligations for money borrowed;

(2) any obligation evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) Letter of Credit Obligations and obligations in respect of other similar instruments;

(4) any obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, including Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(5) Indebtedness of other Persons of the types described in clauses (1) through (4) above, secured by a Lien on the assets of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, valued, in such cases where the recourse thereof is limited to such assets, at the lesser of the principal amount of such Indebtedness or the fair market value of the subject assets;

(6) Indebtedness of other Persons of the types described in clauses (1) through (4) above, guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(7) the net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations and Interest Swap Obligations,

provided that the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (i) the accreted value thereof determined in conformity with GAAP, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or (ii) the principal amount thereof, together with an interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not be construed to include trade payables, deferred payments in respect of services by employees, credit on open account, accrued liabilities, provisional credit, daylight overdrafts, including obligations arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (provided that such obligation is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence), or similar items.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the net obligations of any Person under any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, interest rate cap, collar or floor transaction or other interest rate Hedging Obligation.

“Investment” by any Person means, without duplication, any direct or indirect:

(1) loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (valued at the fair market value thereof as of the date of contribution or transfer) (by means of transfers of cash or other property or services for the account or use of other Persons, other than a Permitted Lien under clause (15) of the definition of Permitted Liens);

(2) purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by any other Person (whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise and whether or not purchased directly from the issuer of such securities or evidences of Indebtedness); and

80

(3) guarantee or assumption of any Indebtedness or any other obligation of any other Person (except for any assumption of Indebtedness for which the assuming Person receives consideration at the time of such assumption in the form of property or assets with a fair market value at least equal to the principal amount of the Indebtedness assumed); and

(4) all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the purchase or acquisition of any securities, Indebtedness or Productive Assets of any other Person solely with Qualified Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be an Investment. The term “Investments” shall also exclude accounts receivable, extensions of trade credit and advances to customers and suppliers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees to the extent made in the ordinary course of business on ordinary business terms. The amount of any non-cash Investment shall be the fair market value of such Investment, as determined in good faith by management of the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, unless the fair market value of such Investment exceeds $20 million, in which case the fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of such Person, as of the time such Investment is made or such other time as specified in the Indenture (in each case net of the amount of any dividends or distributions received by the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary from the entity in which such Investment is made, substantially concurrently with the making of such Investment). Unless otherwise required by the Indenture, the amount of any Investment shall not be adjusted for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, writedowns or write-offs subsequent to the date such Investment is made with respect to such Investment.

“Issue Date” means April 14, 2011.

“Letter of Credit Obligations” means Obligations of an Obligor arising under or in connection with letters of credit.

“Lien” means, with respect to any assets, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other similar encumbrance (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Material Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is both a Material Subsidiary and a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Material Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, other than a Non-Material Subsidiary.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., and its successors.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents received by any Obligor from such Asset Sale, net of:

(1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, fees and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, brokerage, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions);

(2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;

(3) repayment of Indebtedness (other than any intercompany Indebtedness) that is required by the terms thereof to be repaid or pledged as cash collateral, or the holders of which otherwise have a contractual claim that is legally superior to any claim of the holders (including a restriction on transfer) to the proceeds of the subject assets, in connection with such Asset Sale; and

81

(4) appropriate amounts to be provided by any applicable Obligor, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by any applicable Obligor including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment to the sale price received in such Asset Sale for so long as such reserve is held.

“Non-Material Subsidiaries” means all Restricted Subsidiaries designated by the Company to the Trustee as Non-Material Subsidiaries; provided, that (i) no such Restricted Subsidiary may have assets (attributable to the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ equity interest in such entity) having a fair market value in excess of $5 million and (ii) all such Restricted Subsidiaries may not in the aggregate at any time have assets (attributable to the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ equity interest in such entity) constituting more than 2.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets based on the Company’s most recent internal financial statements.

“Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary

(1) as to which none of the Obligors:

(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness),

(b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise), or

(c) constitutes the lender, and

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of any Obligor to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, whether absolute or contingent, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Obligor” means the Company or any Guarantor.

“Paying Agent” means the Person so designated by the Company in accordance with the Indenture, initially the Trustee.

“Permitted Investments” means, without duplication, each of the following:

(1) Investments in cash (including deposit accounts with major commercial banks) and Cash Equivalents;

(2) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is or will immediately become upon giving effect to such Investment, or as a result of which, such Person is merged, consolidated or liquidated into, or conveys substantially of all its assets to, an Obligor or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date, provided, that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(4) accounts receivable created or acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on ordinary business terms;

82

(5) Investments arising from transactions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with trade creditors, contract parties, lessees or customers in the ordinary course of business (including any such Investment received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement pursuant to the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors, contract parties, lessees or customers or otherwise in settlement of a claim);

(6) Investments made as the result of non-cash consideration received from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Assets Sales”;

(7) Investments consisting of advances to (or guarantees of third party loans to) officers, directors and employees of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for travel, entertainment, relocation, purchases of Capital Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted by the Indenture and analogous ordinary business purposes;

(8) Hedging Obligations and Interest Swap Obligations otherwise in compliance with the Indenture;

(9) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(10) any Investments arising as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments;”

(12) to the extent constituting an Investment, licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of the business of such Person;

(13) to the extent constituting an Investment, repurchases of the Notes; and

(14) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at the time outstanding (after giving effect to any such Investments that are returned to the Company or any Subsidiary that made such prior Investment, without restriction, in cash on or prior to the date of any such calculation, but only up to the amount of the Investment made under this clause (14) in such Person), not to exceed the greater of (i) $50 million and (ii) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens in favor of the Company or Liens on the assets of any Guarantor so long as such Liens are held by another Obligor;

(2) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not Incurred in anticipation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the acquired Person or the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(3) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not Incurred in anticipation of such acquisition;

83

(4) Liens Incurred to secure Indebtedness (and customary obligations related thereto) permitted by clause (7) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, attaching to or encumbering only the subject assets and directly related property such as improvements and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) and products thereof and accessions, replacements and substitutions thereof;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Liens securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry practice in connection therewith;

(6) Liens created by “notice” or “precautionary” filings in connection with operating leases or other transactions pursuant to which no Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(7) Liens to secure Indebtedness (and customary obligations related thereto) permitted by clause (3) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens described in clause (7) above);

(9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims (including, without limitation, Liens securing the performance of workers compensation, social security, or unemployment insurance obligations) that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(10) Liens on shares of any equity security or any warrant or option to purchase an equity security or any security which is convertible into an equity security issued by any Obligor that holds, directly or indirectly through a holding company or otherwise, a license under any applicable Gaming Laws; provided that this clause (10) shall apply only so long as such Gaming Laws provide that the creation of any restriction on the disposition of any of such securities shall not be effective and, if such Gaming Laws at any time cease to so provide, then this clause (10) shall be of no further effect;

(11) Liens on securities constituting “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to the extent that (i) prohibiting such Liens would result in the classification of the obligations of the Company under the Notes as a “purpose credit” and (ii) the Investment by any Obligor in such margin stock is permitted by the Indenture;

(12) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (and customary obligations related thereto); provided that any such Lien attaches only to the assets encumbered by the predecessor Indebtedness (and customary obligations related thereto) and directly related property such as improvements and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) and products thereof and accessions, replacements and substitutions thereof, unless the Incurrence of such Liens is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(13) Liens securing stay and appeal bonds or judgment Liens in connection with any judgment not giving rise to an Event of Default under paragraph (5) of the Events of Default;

(14) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business, in respect of obligations that are not yet delinquent, are bonded or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that adequate reserves shall have been established therefor in accordance with GAAP;

(15) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, reservations, covenants, encroachments and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the conduct of business by any Obligor;

84

(16) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted to be incurred hereunder;

(17) Liens upon specific items of inventory or equipment and proceeds thereof, Incurred to secure obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of any Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or equipment;

(18) Liens securing Letter of Credit Obligations permitted to be Incurred hereunder Incurred in connection with the purchase of inventory or equipment by an Obligor or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and secured only by such inventory or equipment, the documents issued in connection therewith and the proceeds thereof;

(19) Liens of a collection bank under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions;

(20) Liens in favor of the Trustee arising under the Indenture;

(21) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations or Hedging Obligations that are permitted under the Indenture;

(22) Liens securing customary cash management obligations not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(23) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings;

(24) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents and other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(25) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business; and

(26) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of (i) $100 million and (ii) 5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Permitted Indebtedness of such Person arising under clause (1), (2), (3), (5), (7), (13), (17) or (18) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or Indebtedness Incurred under the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test in the covenant described above under the heading “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” (any such Indebtedness, “Existing Indebtedness”); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) and accrued interest of such Existing Indebtedness (plus the amount of prepayment penalties, fees, premiums and expenses incurred or paid in connection therewith), except to the extent that the Incurrence of such excess is otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date on or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, such Existing Indebtedness;

85

(3) if such Existing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date on or later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being repaid, redeemed, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(4) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of an Obligor or a Restricted Subsidiary obligated under such Existing Indebtedness, unless otherwise permitted by the Indenture; and

(5) if the Indebtedness being repaid, redeemed, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded was incurred pursuant to clause (13) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness used to repay, redeem, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of such clause (13).

“Productive Assets” means assets (including assets owned directly or indirectly through Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) of a kind used or usable in the businesses of the Obligors as they are conducted on the date of the Asset Sale or on any other Determination Date and any Related Business.

“Project” means any new facility developed or being developed by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any expansion, renovation or refurbishment of a facility owned by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries which expansion, renovation or refurbishment is reasonably expected to cost $40 million or more.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

“Registrar” means the Person so designated by the Company in accordance with the Indenture, initially the Trustee.

“Related Business” means the gaming (including pari-mutuel betting) business and/or any and all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Company are reasonably related to, necessary for, in support or anticipation of, ancillary or complementary to or in preparation for (or required by a Gaming Authority to be developed, constructed, improved or acquired in connection with the licensing approval of such Casino or Casinos) the gaming business including, without limitation, the development, expansion or operation of any Casino (including any land-based, dockside, riverboat or other type of Casino), owned, or to be owned, by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If no referent Person is specified, “Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Industries, Inc., and its successors.

“Stock Purchase Agreement” means the Stock Purchase Agreement (including Annex A thereto) between the Company and the Estate of Craig H. Neilsen dated March 25, 2011.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Obligor, other than the Company, that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

86

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means:

(1) any corporation or comparably organized entity, a majority of whose voting stock (defined as any class of capital stock having voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the Board of such Person) is owned, directly or indirectly, by any one or more of the Obligors; and

(2) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which any one or more of the Obligors, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership interest entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof or of which such Obligor is the managing general partner.

If no referent Person is specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of the Company as its Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(a) has, or will have after giving effect to such designation, no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness;

(b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with any Obligor unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to such Obligor than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of such Obligor, or such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding constitutes a Restricted Payment that is made in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” a Permitted Investment, or an Asset Sale that is made in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales;”

(c) is a Person with respect to which none of the Obligors has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional equity interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of any Obligor.

Any such designation by the Board of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under “— Restricted Payments.” If at any time any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such time (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the covenant described above under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,”

87

the Company shall be in default of such covenant). The Board of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if:

(1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described above under the heading “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” and, if applicable, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the reference period; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the Company’s calculations of the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into,

(2) the total of the products obtained by multiplying:

(a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by

(b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

88

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

DTC will act as securities depository for the Notes. The Notes will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One or more fully-registered Note certificates will be issued in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for issues of securities that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of Notes (each, a “Beneficial Owner”) is recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in Notes, except as described below.

The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers. Notices and other communications from DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent with respect to Notes unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to issuers as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detailed information from an issuer on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of Ameristar or DTC or its nominee or agent, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is our responsibility, disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository with respect to the Notes at any time by giving us notice that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Notes, or if DTC ceases to be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation. In the event that a successor depository is not obtained within 90 days, Note certificates are generally required to be printed and delivered. We

89

may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, Note certificates will be printed and delivered. The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

90

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the United States federal tax consequences of an exchange of Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer and the purchase, beneficial ownership and disposition of Notes. It is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has been or will be sought by us with respect to any aspect of the transactions described herein. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with the views expressed in this summary, or that a court will not sustain any challenge by the IRS in the event of litigation. The following relates only to Notes that are held as capital assets (i.e., generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances, or to certain types of holders that may be subject to special tax treatment (such as banks and other financial institutions, employee stock ownership plans, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors in pass-through entities), former citizens or residents of the United States, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities and foreign currencies, brokers, persons who hold the Notes as a hedge or other integrated transaction or who hedge the interest rate on the Notes, holders whose functional currency is not U.S. dollars, or persons subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, this summary does not include any description of the tax laws of any state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction that may be applicable to a particular holder and does not consider any aspects of U.S. federal tax law (such as estate and gift tax laws) other than income taxation.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that holds the Notes generally will depend on such person’s particular circumstances and on the activities of the entity. Persons treated as partners in a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Notes.

Our obligation to pay additional amounts in excess of the accrued interest and principal in certain circumstances (such as in the event that we had failed to comply with specified obligations under the registration rights agreement or in certain other circumstances) may implicate the provisions of Treasury Regulations relating to “contingent payment debt instruments.” Under these Treasury Regulations, however, one or more contingencies will not cause a debt instrument to be treated as a contingent payment debt instrument if, as of the issue date, each such contingency is “remote” or is considered to be “incidental.” We believe and have taken the position that the likelihood of any such additional payments is a remote and/or incidental contingency. However, this determination is inherently factual and we can give you no assurance that our position would be sustained if challenged by the IRS. A successful challenge of this position by the IRS could affect the timing and amount of a holder’s income and could cause the gain from the sale or other disposition of a Note to be treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain. Our position is binding on a holder, unless the holder discloses in the proper manner to the IRS that it is taking a different position. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Treasury Regulations relating to “contingent payment debt instruments” are not applicable. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application to the Notes of the contingent payment debt regulations and the consequences thereof.

HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME, ESTATE AND GIFT TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES AND THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN TAX LAWS.

91

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation (or other business entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over its administration, and one or more United States persons has the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of that trust (or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and validly elected to continue to be treated as a U.S. trust).

A “non-U.S. holder” is an individual, corporation, estate, or trust that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of the Notes and is not a U.S. holder.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders

The exchange of Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. holders and non-U.S. holders will not recognize any gain or loss as a result of such exchange and will have the same adjusted issue price, tax basis, and holding period in the Exchange Notes as they had in the Outstanding Notes immediately before the exchange.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders

Treatment of stated interest

Absent an election to treat all interest as original issue discount, as discussed below under “Election to treat all interest as original issue discount,” stated interest on the Notes will be treated as “qualified stated interest” (i.e., stated interest that is unconditionally payable at least annually at a single fixed rate over the entire term of the Note) and will be taxable to U.S. holders as ordinary interest income as the interest accrues or is received in accordance with the holder’s regular method of tax accounting.

Bond premium

If a U.S. holder has a tax basis in the Notes immediately after the purchase that is greater than the stated redemption price at maturity, the U.S. holder has acquired the Notes with “bond premium.” A U.S. holder may elect to amortize such bond premium over the life of the Notes to offset a portion of the stated interest that would otherwise be includible in income. Such an election generally applies to all taxable debt instruments held by the U.S. holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies, and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. U.S. holders that acquire a Note with bond premium should consult their tax advisors regarding the manner in which such premium is calculated and the election to amortize bond premium over the life of the instrument.

Market discount

A Note that is acquired for an amount that is less than its revised issue price by more than a de minimis amount (generally 0.25% of the principal amount multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity), will be treated as having “market discount” equal to such difference. Unless the U.S. holder elects to include such market discount in income as it accrues, a U.S. holder will be required to treat any principal payment on, and any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition (including a gift) of, the Note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount that has not previously been included in income. In

92

general, market discount on the Notes will accrue ratably over the remaining term of the Notes or, at the election of the U.S. holder, under a constant yield method. In addition, a U.S. holder could be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of the interest paid on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry a Note unless the U.S. holder elects to include market discount in income currently. Such an election applies to all debt instruments held by a taxpayer and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. U.S. holders that acquire a Note with market discount should consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment of such market discount and the election to include market discount in income as it accrues.

Election to treat all interest as original issue discount

A U.S. holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on the Notes using the constant-yield method, with certain modifications. For purposes of this election, interest includes, among other things, stated interest, original issue discount (including de minimis original issue discount) and market discount (including de minimis market discount), as adjusted by amortizable bond premium. This election generally applies only to the Note with respect to which it is made and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the manner of making and consequences of this election.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Notes

In general, upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement at maturity or other taxable disposition of a Note, a U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the amount of the cash and the fair market value of any property received (less any portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid stated interest, which will be treated as interest income to the extent not previously included in income by the holder) and (2) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. Unless the U.S. holder elects to treat all interest as original issue discount as discussed above, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note generally will be equal to the holder’s cost therefor. Gain or loss realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note will generally be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of disposition the holder has held the Note for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Backup withholding and information reporting

In general, a U.S. holder of the Notes will be subject to backup withholding with respect to interest on the Notes, and the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of the Notes (including a redemption or retirement), at the applicable tax rate (currently 28%), unless such holder (a) is an entity that is exempt from backup withholding and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or (b) provides the payor with its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), certifies that the TIN provided to the payor is correct and that the holder has not been notified by the IRS that such holder is subject to backup withholding due to underreporting of interest or dividends, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. In addition, such payments to U.S. holders that are not exempt entities will generally be subject to information reporting requirements. A U.S. holder who does not provide the payor with its correct TIN may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Future Medicare Tax on Capital Gains and Interest

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. person’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000 depending on the individual’s circumstances). Net investment income generally includes interest income and net gains from the disposition of the Notes, unless

93

such interest income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). A U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust should consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in the Notes.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

Treatment of stated interest

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, if interest on a Note is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by a non-U.S. holder in the U.S., then under the “portfolio interest exemption,” a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding tax) on payments of stated interest on the Notes, provided that:

• the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;

• the non-U.S. holder is not, and is not treated as, a bank receiving interest on an extension of credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business;

• the non-U.S. holder is not a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related (actually or constructively) to us; and

• certain certification requirements are met.

Under current law, the certification requirements will be satisfied in any of the following circumstances:

• If a non-U.S. holder provides to us or our paying agent a statement on IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor form), together with all appropriate attachments, signed under penalties of perjury, identifying the non-U.S. holder by name and address and stating, among other things, that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person.

• If a Note is held through a securities clearing organization, bank or another financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business, (i) the non-U.S. holder provides such a form to such organization or institution and (ii) such organization or institution, under penalty of perjury, certifies to us that it has received such statement from the beneficial owner or another intermediary and furnishes us or our paying agent with a copy thereof.

• If a financial institution or other intermediary that holds the Note on behalf of the non-U.S. holder has entered into a withholding agreement with the IRS and submits an IRS Form W-8IMY (or suitable successor form) and certain other required documentation to us or our paying agent.

If the requirements of the portfolio interest exemption described above are not satisfied, a 30% withholding tax will apply to the gross amount of interest on the Notes that is paid to a non-U.S. holder, unless either: (a) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and the non-U.S. holder claims the benefit of that treaty by providing a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form) establishing qualification for benefits under the treaty, or (b) the interest is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and the non-U.S. holder provides an appropriate statement to that effect on a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN, as applicable (or suitable successor form).

If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and interest on a Note is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, the non-U.S. holder generally will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on that interest on a net income basis (and the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply provided the duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or Form W-8BEN, as applicable) is provided to us or our paying agent) generally in the same manner as a U.S. holder. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits

94

of an income tax treaty between the U.S. and its country of residence, and the non-U.S. holder claims the benefit of the treaty by properly submitting an IRS Form W-8BEN, any interest income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to such tax if such income is attributable to a permanent establishment (or a fixed base in the case of an individual) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) of its earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding thereof) on any gain realized by such non-U.S. holder upon a sale, exchange, redemption, retirement at maturity, or other taxable disposition of a Note, unless:

• the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

• the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder.

If the first exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which its U.S.-source capital gains exceed its U.S.-source capital losses. If the second exception applies, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement at maturity or other taxable disposition of the Notes in the same manner as a U.S. holder. In addition, corporate non-U.S. holders may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax on any effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments). If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of any such gain may be modified in the manner specified by the treaty.

Additional interest if the Notes are not timely registered

As discussed above, the interest rate on the Notes may be subject to increase in certain circumstances. It is possible that such payments might be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% or lower treaty rate, if applicable. We will determine whether any withholding is required if and when any such amounts become payable. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax considerations that relate to the potential additional interest payments.

Information reporting and backup withholding

When required, we or our paying agent will report to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of any interest paid on the Notes in each calendar year, and the amount of U.S. federal income tax withheld, if any, with respect to these payments.

Non-U.S. holders who have provided certification as to their non-U.S. status or who have otherwise established an exemption will generally not be subject to backup withholding tax on payments of interest if neither we nor our agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such certification is unreliable or that the conditions of the exemption are in fact not satisfied.

Payments of the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of a Note (including a redemption or retirement) to or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, may apply to those payments if the broker is one of the following: (a) a United States person, (b) a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (c) a foreign person 50 percent or more of whose gross income from all

95

sources for the three-year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the payment was effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, or (d) a foreign partnership with specified connections to the United States, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of a Note (including a redemption or retirement) to or through the United States office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

96

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Outstanding Notes where such Outstanding Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until [—], 20    , all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by brokers-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than the expenses of counsel for the holders of the Outstanding Notes, commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes, and we will indemnify the holders of the Outstanding Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

97

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the Exchange Notes will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. We have also been advised as to certain matters relating to (i) the laws of the State of Nevada by Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP; (ii) the laws of the State of Iowa by Simpson, Jensen, Abels, Fischer & Bouslog, P.C.; (iii) the laws of the State of Mississippi by Watkins, Ludlam, Winter & Stennis, P.A.; (iv) the laws of the State of Missouri by SNR Denton US LLP; (v) the laws of the State of Colorado by Holme Roberts & Owen LLP; and (vi) the laws of the State of Indiana by Bingham McHale LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Ameristar Casinos, Inc. appearing in Ameristar Casinos, Inc.’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the effectiveness of Ameristar Casinos, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and Ameristar Casinos, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

98

PROSPECTUS

$800,000,000

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new

7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

[—], 2011

PART II

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Nevada Revised Statutes (“NRS”) 78.138(7) provides that, subject to certain very limited statutory exceptions or unless the articles of incorporation provide for greater individual liability, a director or officer is not individually liable to the corporation or its stockholders for any damages as a result of any act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a director or officer, unless it is proven that the act or failure to act constituted a breach of his or her fiduciary duties as a director or officer and such breach involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law.

NRS 78.7502(1) empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “Indemnified Party”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the Indemnified Party would not be liable pursuant to NRS 78.138 or the Indemnified Party acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnified Party reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.

NRS 78.7502(2) empowers a corporation to indemnify any Indemnified Party who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor against expenses (including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party) in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Indemnified Party would not be liable pursuant to NRS 78.138 or such Indemnified Party acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnified Party shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that in view of all the circumstances, the Indemnified Party is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

NRS 78.7502(3) provides that to the extent an Indemnified Party has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Subsection 1 or 2 of NRS 78.7502 described above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation shall indemnify the Indemnified Party against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection therewith.

NRS 78.751(1) provides that any discretionary indemnification pursuant to NRS 78.7502, unless ordered by a court or advanced pursuant to NRS 78.751(2), may be made by a corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances. Such determination must be made (a) by the stockholders, (b) by the board of directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding, (c) if a majority vote of a quorum of such disinterested directors so orders, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion if a quorum of such disinterested directors cannot be obtained.

NRS 78.751(2) provides that a corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws or an agreement made by the corporation may require the corporation to pay the expenses of officers and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding as such expenses are incurred and in advance of the final disposition, upon receipt by the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director to repay the amount if

II-1

it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. The provisions of NRS 78.751(2) do not affect any rights to advancement of expenses to which corporate personnel other than officers and directors may be entitled under contract or otherwise by law.

NRS 78.751(3) provides that indemnification pursuant to NRS 78.7502 and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to NRS 78.751 does not exclude any other rights to which an Indemnified Party may be entitled under the articles of incorporation or any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, for either an action in his or her official capacity or in another capacity while holding his or her office; provided, however, that unless ordered by a court pursuant to NRS 78.7502 or for the advancement of expenses pursuant to NRS 78.751(2), indemnification may not be made to or on behalf of any director or officer of the corporation if a final adjudication establishes that his or her acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law which was material to the cause of action. Additionally, the scope of such indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to an Indemnified Party who has ceased to hold one of the positions specified above, and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

NRS 78.752 empowers a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of an Indemnified Party for any liability asserted against such Indemnified Party or liability and expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party, whether or not the corporation has the authority to indemnify such person against such liability and expenses.

The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant provide for indemnification of Indemnified Parties substantially identical in scope to that permitted under the NRS. Such Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the expenses of directors and officers of the registrant incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, must be paid by the registrant as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the registrant.

The registrant has a contract for insurance coverage under which the registrant and certain Indemnified Parties (including the directors and officers of the registrant) are indemnified under certain circumstances with respect to litigation and other costs and liabilities arising out of actual or alleged misconduct of such Indemnified Parties. In addition, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that require the registrant to indemnify such directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable provisions of the NRS, subject to amounts paid by insurance. The above-described provisions relating to the indemnification of directors and officers are sufficiently broad to permit the indemnification of such persons in certain circumstances against liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement and incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) are not required under related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

II-2

Item 22. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form within one business day of the receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

To supply by means of post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

II-3

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, registrant AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on October 7, 2011.

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

/s/ Gordon R. Kanofsky

By: Gordon R. Kanofsky

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Each of the undersigned, being a director or officer of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“Ameristar”), hereby constitutes and appoints Gordon R. Kanofsky, Thomas M. Steinbauer and Peter C. Walsh, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any subsequent registration statement that Ameristar may hereafter file with the SEC pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Gordon R. Kanofsky Gordon R. Kanofsky	Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)	October 7, 2011
/s/ Thomas M. Steinbauer Thomas M. Steinbauer	Senior Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (principal financial officer)	October 7, 2011
/s/ Heather A. Rollo Heather A. Rollo	Senior Vice President of Accounting (principal accounting officer)	October 7, 2011
/s/ Larry A. Hodges Larry A. Hodges	President, Chief Operating Officer and Director	October 7, 2011
/s/ Luther P. Cochrane Luther P. Cochrane	Chairman of the Board and Director	October 7, 2011
/s/ Carl Brooks Carl Brooks	Director	October 7, 2011
/s/ Leslie Nathanson Juris Leslie Nathanson Juris	Director	October 7, 2011
/s/ J. William Richardson J. William Richardson	Director	October 7, 2011

II-5

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, co-registrants A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO BLACK HAWK, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO EAST CHICAGO, LLC, AMERISTAR CASINO KANSAS CITY, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO ST. CHARLES, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO ST. LOUIS, INC., AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC., AMERISTAR EAST CHICAGO HOLDINGS, LLC and CACTUS PETE’S, INC. have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada on October 7, 2011.

A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO BLACK HAWK, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO EAST CHICAGO, LLC

AMERISTAR CASINO KANSAS CITY, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. CHARLES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. LOUIS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.

AMERISTAR EAST CHICAGO HOLDINGS, LLC

CACTUS PETE’S, INC.

/s/ Gordon R. Kanofsky

By: Gordon R. Kanofsky

Title: President

Each of the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Gordon R. Kanofsky. Thomas M. Steinbauer and Peter C. Walsh, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any subsequent registration statement that Ameristar may hereafter file with the SEC pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Gordon R. Kanofsky Gordon R. Kanofsky	President and Director/Manager (principal executive officer)	October 7, 2011
/s/ Thomas M. Steinbauer Thomas M. Steinbauer	Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)	October 7, 2011

II-6

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
4.1	Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011, among Ameristar Casinos, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Ameristar’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 2011, File No. 000-22494).
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 14, 2011, among Ameristar Casinos, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Ameristar’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 2011, File No. 000-22494).
5.1	Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
5.2	Opinion of Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP
5.3	Opinion of Simpson, Jensen, Abels, Fischer & Bouslog, P.C.
5.4	Opinion of Watkins, Ludlam, Winter & Stennis, P.A.
5.5	Opinion of SNR Denton US LLP
5.6	Opinion of Holme Roberts & Owen LLP
5.7	Opinion of Bingham McHale LLP
12.1	Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
23.1	Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2	Consent of Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
23.3	Consent of Simpson, Jensen, Abels, Fischer & Bouslog, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.3)
23.4	Consent of Watkins, Ludlam, Winter & Stennis, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.4)
23.5	Consent of SNR Denton US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.5)
23.6	Consent of Holme Roberts & Owen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.6)
23.7	Consent of Bingham McHale LLP (included in Exhibit 5.7)
23.8	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
24.1	Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages of the registration statement)
25.1	Statement of Eligibility of Trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), on Form T-1
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2	Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9
99.3	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.4	Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
99.5	Form of Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Re: Ameristar Casinos, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and certain direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company listed as co-registrants thereto (such subsidiaries, the “Guarantors”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the offering by the Company of up to $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “New Notes”) and the guarantees of the Company’s payment obligations under the New Notes by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees” and collectively with the New Notes the “Documents”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”). The Documents provide that they are governed by New York law.

In arriving at the opinions expressed below, we have examined the originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and such other documents, corporate records, certificates of officers of the Company and the Guarantors and of public officials, and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable to enable us to render these opinions. As to any facts material to these opinions, we have relied to the extent we deemed appropriate and without independent investigation upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others. In our examination, we have assumed without independent investigation that the signatures on all documents examined by us are genuine, all individuals executing such documents had all requisite legal capacity and competency, the documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and the documents submitted to us as copies conform to the originals.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. With respect to the New Notes, when the New Notes are executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued and delivered in

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 2

exchange for the Outstanding Notes in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the New Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company.

2. With respect to the Guarantees, when the New Notes are executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued and delivered in exchange for the Outstanding Notes in the manner described in the Registration Statement, and the Guarantee is executed by each Guarantor, each Guarantor’s Guarantee will constitute a valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor.

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following exceptions, qualifications, limitations and assumptions:

A. We render no opinion herein as to matters involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. This opinion is limited to the effect of the current state of the laws of the State of New York and the facts as they currently exist. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion in the event of future changes in such laws or facts after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective.

B. Our opinions are subject to (i) the effect of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement, or similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally (including the effect of statutory or other laws regarding fraudulent transfers or preferential transfers) and (ii) general principles of equity, including concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the possible unavailability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

C. We express no opinion regarding (i) the effectiveness of any waiver (whether or not stated as such) of, or any consent thereunder relating to, any unknown future rights or the rights of any party thereto existing, or duties owing to it, as a matter of law; (ii) the effectiveness of any waiver (whether or not stated as such) of rights of any party, or duties owing to it, that is broadly or vaguely stated or does not describe the right or duty purportedly waived with reasonable specificity; (iii) the effectiveness of any waiver of stay, extension or usury laws; (iv) provisions relating to indemnification, exculpation or contribution, to the extent such provisions may be held unenforceable as contrary to public policy or federal or state securities laws or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party; (v) any waiver of the right to jury trial; (vi) any provision to the effect that every right or remedy is cumulative and may be exercised in addition to any other right or remedy or that the election of some particular remedy does not preclude recourse to one or more others or that failure to exercise or delay in exercising rights or remedies will not operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy; (vii) the availability of damages or other remedies not specified in the Documents in respect of breach of any covenants (other than covenants relating to the payment of principal, interest, indemnities and

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 3

expenses) or (viii) any provision that would require payment of any unamortized original issue discount (including any original issue discount effectively created by payment of a fee).

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and the prospectus that forms a part thereof. In giving these consents, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

EX-5.2

Exhibit 5.2

[Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP Letterhead]

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Nevada counsel to Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), Cactus Pete’s, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“CPI”), Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ACLVI”), and A.C. Food Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“AC Food” and, together with CPI and ACLVI, the “Nevada Subsidiary Guarantors” and, together with the Company, the “Nevada Companies”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), of (i) $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”), to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021, and (ii) the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below) endorsed upon the Exchange Notes (the “Note Guarantees” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Securities”), issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, including the Nevada Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee.

In our capacity as such counsel, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Nevada Companies in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Securities, all as referenced in the Registration Statement. For purposes of this opinion letter, we have assumed all such proceedings will be timely completed in the manner presently proposed and the terms of such issuance will be in compliance with applicable laws.

For purposes of rendering this opinion letter, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of such documents, agreements, instruments and corporate records and proceedings as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion letter. We have also obtained from officers and other representatives and agents of the Nevada Companies and from public officials, and have relied upon, as to factual matters only, such certificates, representations and assurances as we have deemed necessary and appropriate for the purpose of issuing this opinion letter.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in rendering this opinion letter, we have assumed that (i) each natural person executing a document has sufficient legal capacity to do so; (ii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, the signatures on all documents that we

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 2

have examined are genuine, and all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic, electronic or facsimile copies conform to the original documents; and (iii) all corporate records made available to us by the Nevada Companies, and all public records we have reviewed, are accurate and complete.

We are qualified to practice law in the State of Nevada. The opinions set forth herein are expressly limited to the effect on the subject transaction only of the internal laws of the State of Nevada, and we do not purport to be experts on, or to express any opinion with respect to the applicability or effect of, the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to matters of local law or the laws of local governmental departments or agencies within the State of Nevada. We express no opinion herein concerning, and we assume no responsibility as to laws or judicial decisions related to, or any orders, consents or other authorizations or approvals as may be required by, any (i) federal laws, rules or regulations, including, without limitation, any federal securities laws, rules or regulations, (ii) state securities or “blue sky” laws, rules or regulations, (iii) foreign laws, rules or regulations or (iv) tax, insolvency, antitrust, pension, employee benefit, environmental, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor or health and safety laws.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, limitations, exceptions, restrictions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. Each of the Nevada Companies has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Nevada.

2. Each of the Nevada Companies has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Securities to which it is a party.

3. Each of the Nevada Companies has duly authorized the Indenture and the Securities to which it is a party and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture.

4. No authorization or approval of, or filing with, any governmental authority of the State of Nevada is required under applicable Nevada law to be obtained by the Nevada Companies for the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Securities, or for the performance by them of their respective obligations thereunder, except those that have been obtained or made on or prior to the date hereof.

5. The execution and delivery by each of the Nevada Companies of the Indenture and the Securities to which it is a party do not violate (a) any applicable Nevada law or (b) the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Nevada Companies.

This opinion letter is based on the current laws of the State of Nevada and the facts in existence on the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update or supplement the opinions set forth herein or to apprise you of any changes in such laws or facts after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective. No opinions are offered or implied as to any matter, and no inference may be drawn, beyond the strict scope of the specific issues expressly addressed by the opinions set forth herein.

We consent to your filing this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm contained under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 3

not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP

EX-5.3

Exhibit 5.3

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4 $800,000,000 Principal Amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Iowa counsel to Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc., an Iowa corporation (the “Iowa Guarantor”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of (i) $800,000,000 principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Annex A hereto, including the Iowa Guarantor (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (the “Trustee”),

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Iowa Guarantor, such other records of the corporate proceedings of the Iowa Guarantor and certificates of the Iowa

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 2

Guarantor as we have deemed relevant, as well as the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and the exhibits thereto.

In our capacity as special Iowa counsel to the Iowa Guarantor in connection with such registration, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Iowa Guarantor in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic or facsimile copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

While certain members of our firm are admitted to practice in other jurisdictions, for purposes of this letter, we have examined only the laws of the State of Iowa. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to (i) the qualification of the Notes or Guarantees under the securities or blue sky laws of any federal, state or any foreign jurisdiction, (ii) the compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof, (iii) tax, insolvency, antitrust, pension, employee benefit, environmental, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor, and health and safety laws or (iv) any county, municipality or other political subdivision or local governmental agency or authority laws.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications herein stated, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Iowa Guarantor is an Iowa corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Iowa.

2. The Iowa Guarantor has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees.

3. The Iowa Guarantor has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees, and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture.

4. The execution and delivery by the Iowa Guarantor of the Indenture and the Guarantees, and the performance by the Iowa Guarantor of its obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees, do not require the Iowa Guarantor to

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 3

obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Iowa, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

5. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Iowa Guarantor has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Iowa or (ii) the Iowa Guarantor’s articles and bylaws. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery of the Guarantees by the Iowa Guarantor would not violate (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Iowa or (ii) the Iowa Guarantor’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion in the event of future changes in such laws or facts after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matter. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

October 7, 2011

Page 4

SIMPSON, JENSEN, ABELS, FISCHER & BOUSLOG, P.C.
By:	/s/ Lyle L. Simpson
	Lyle L. Simpson, President
By:	/s/ Gary R. Fischer
	Gary R. Fischer, Vice President

MFA/mmi

ANNEX A

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

CACTUS PETE’S, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.

A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. LOUIS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO KANSAS CITY, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. CHARLES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO BLACK HAWK, INC.

AMERISTAR EAST CHICAGO HOLDINGS, LLC

AMERISTAR CASINO EAST CHICAGO, LLC

EX-5.4

Exhibit 5.4

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4 $800,000,000 Principal Amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Mississippi counsel to Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Ameristar Casinos Vicksburg, Inc. (“ACVI or the “Mississippi Guarantor”), a Mississippi corporation, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), of (i) $800,000,000 principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of the Company, to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), among the Company, certain Subsidiaries of the Company, including the Mississippi Guarantor (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (the “Trustee”), and (ii) the Guarantees (the “Guarantees”) of each of the Guarantors, including the Mississippi Guarantor, endorsed upon the Notes. This opinion is being issued and delivered to you to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act. Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

As such special Mississippi counsel, and for the purpose of rendering this opinion, we have examined originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of such records, documents and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) the Registration Statement

(ii) the Prospectus;

(iii) the Indenture, including the Guarantees;

(iv) the Notes;

October 7, 2011

Page 2

(v) the articles of incorporation and bylaws, each as amended through the date hereof and as certified by the Officer Certificates, of the Mississippi Guarantor (respectively, the “Articles of Incorporation” and “Bylaws”);

(vi) the certificate dated as of April 14, 2011 of the duly elected, qualified and authorized secretary of the Mississippi Guarantor given in connection with the Indenture and Guarantees as to certain factual matters (the “Original Officer Certificate”);

(vii) the certificate dated as of the date hereof of the duly elected, qualified and authorized secretary of the Mississippi Guarantor, delivered in connection with the Indenture and Guarantees (the “Bring Down Officer Certificate,” and together with the Original Officer Certificate, the “Officer Certificates”);

(viii) the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Mississippi Guarantor dated as of March 22, 2011 with respect to the transactions referred to in the Indenture and Guarantees and as certified by the Officer Certificates; and

(ix) the certificate of existence for the Mississippi Guarantor, as issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Mississippi on October 3, 2011 (the “Certificate of Existence”);

The documents listed above in paragraphs (i) through (iv), inclusive, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Operative Documents.” The documents listed above in paragraphs (v) through (viii), inclusive, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Organizational Documents.”

In our capacity as special Mississippi counsel to the Mississippi Guarantor in connection with the registration contemplated by the Registration Statement, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Mississippi Guarantor in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. We have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion, except where a statement is qualified as to knowledge or awareness, in which case we have made no or limited inquiry as specified below. We have been furnished with, and have relied upon, as to factual matters only, the Certificate of Existence, the Officer Certificates and assurances of the officers and other representatives of the Company and Mississippi Guarantor, and of public officials as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinions set forth herein. As to questions of fact material to our opinions, we have also relied upon the statements of fact and the representations and warranties as to factual matters contained in the Operative Documents; however, except as otherwise expressly indicated, we have not been requested to conduct, nor have we undertaken, any independent investigation to verify the content or veracity thereof or to determine the accuracy of any statement, and no inference as to our knowledge of any matters should be drawn from the fact of our representation of the Company or Mississippi Guarantor.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in rendering this opinion, we have assumed without independent verification that (i) each natural person executing a document has sufficient legal capacity to do so and to enter into and perform the transactions contemplated thereby; (ii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, (iii) the signatures on all

October 7, 2011

Page 3

documents that we have examined are genuine, (iv) all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, photostatic or facsimile copies conform to the original documents; and (v) that the Trustee and any holder of any Outstanding Note has not exercised, and will not exercise, significant influence (as set forth in Section 75-76-61 of the Mississippi Gaming Control Act and other provisions of the Gaming Laws of the State of Mississippi) over the gaming activities or operations of the Company or the Mississippi Guarantor.

While certain members of our firm are admitted to practice in jurisdictions other than the State of Mississippi, for purposes of this letter, we have examined only the laws of the State of Mississippi. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to (i) the qualification of the Notes or Guarantees under the securities or blue sky laws of any federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, (ii) the compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof, (iii) tax, insolvency, antitrust, pension, employee benefit, environmental, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor, and health and safety laws or (iv) the laws of any county, municipality or any other political subdivision or local governmental agency or authority.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Mississippi Guarantor is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Mississippi.

2. The Mississippi Guarantor has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees.

3. The Mississippi Guarantor has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Indenture and Guarantees and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture.

4. The execution and delivery by the Mississippi Guarantor of the Indenture and the Guarantees, and the performance by the Mississippi Guarantor of its respective obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees, do not require the Mississippi Guarantor to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Mississippi, other than (i) approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect, and (ii) in accordance with Mississippi Gaming Commission Regulation II. I. Section 11, the filing of a report of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents by and for the Mississippi Guarantor within thirty (30) days following the date hereof.

5. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Mississippi Guarantor has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Mississippi or (ii) its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery of the Guarantees by the Mississippi

October 7, 2011

Page 4

Guarantor would not violate (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Mississippi or (ii) its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

We advise you that while the Company and Mississippi Guarantor (i) have received a waiver granted by the Mississippi Gaming Commission from the prior approval requirements under the Mississippi Gaming Control Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to private placements and public offerings of its securities, and (ii) the Mississippi Gaming Commission has approved of restrictions on the transfer of, and agreements not to encumber, the stock or other equity interests of Mississippi Guarantor and related guaranties by Mississippi Guarantor with respect to such offerings, the Mississippi Gaming Commission retains the ability to issue a “stop order” with respect to any such offerings. Such an order may be issued for any cause deemed reasonable by the Executive Director of the Mississippi Gaming Commission.

We render no opinion herein as to matters involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Mississippi. This opinion is limited to the effect of the current state of the laws of the State of Mississippi and the facts as they currently exist. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion in the event of future changes in such laws or facts after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective. No opinions are offered or implied as to any matter, and no inference may be drawn, beyond the strict scope of the specific issues expressly addressed by the opinions set forth herein.

We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ WATKINS LUDLAM WINTER & STENNIS, P.A.

EX-5.5

Exhibit 5.5

SNR Denton US LLP 4520 Main Street Suite 1100 Kansas City, MO 64111-7700 USA Mitchell E. Albert Partner mitchell.albert@snrdenton.com D  +1 816 460 2618 T  +1 816 460 2400 F  +1 816 531 7545 snrdenton.com

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Re:	Registration Statement on Form S-4
	$800,000,000 Principal Amount of
	7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Missouri counsel to each of Ameristar Casino St. Charles, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Ameristar St. Charles”), Ameristar Casino Kansas City, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Ameristar Kansas City”), and Ameristar Casino St. Louis, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Ameristar St. Louis” and together with Ameristar St. Charles and Ameristar Kansas City, the “Missouri Guarantors”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of (i) $800,000,000 principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Missouri Guarantors and other subsidiaries of the Company acting as guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee, and (ii) the Guarantees of each of the Missouri Guarantors (the “Missouri Guarantees”) endorsed upon the Notes.

As such special Missouri counsel, and for the purpose of rendering this opinion, we have examined originals, certified copies or copies otherwise identified to us as being true copies of the following:

(i) the Indenture;

(ii) the Registration Statement (including the Prospectus);

(iii) the Missouri Guarantees;

(iv) the Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar St. Louis, as amended to date;

(v) the Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar St. Charles, as amended to date;

(vi) the Articles of Incorporation of Ameristar Kansas City, as amended to date;

(vii) the Bylaws of Ameristar St. Louis, as amended to date;

October 7, 2011

Page 2

(viii) the Bylaws of Ameristar St. Charles, as amended to date;

(ix) the Bylaws of Ameristar Kansas City, as amended to date;

(x) the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Ameristar St. Louis, the Board of Directors of Ameristar St. Charles, the Board of Directors of Ameristar Kansas City and others, dated March 22, 2011;

(xi) the certificate of an officer of Ameristar St. Louis dated as of April 14, 2011 as to certain factual matters;

(xii) the certificate of an officer of Ameristar St. Charles dated as of April 14, 2011 as to certain factual matters;

(xiii) the certificate of an officer of Ameristar Kansas City dated as of April 14, 2011 as to certain factual matters; and

(xiv) such other documents, records certificates and instruments as we have deemed relevant to enable us to render the opinions set forth herein.

In our capacity as special Missouri counsel to the Missouri Guarantors in connection with such registration, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Missouri Guarantors in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Notes and the Missouri Guarantees.

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, photo static or facsimile copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

While certain members of our firm are admitted to practice in other jurisdictions, for purposes of this letter, we have examined only the laws of the State of Missouri. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to (i) the qualification of the Notes or Missouri Guarantees under the securities or blue sky laws of any federal, state or any foreign jurisdiction, (ii) the compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof, (iii) tax, insolvency, antitrust, unfair competition, pension, employee benefit, environmental, land use, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor, racketeering, and health and safety laws or (iv) any county, municipality or other political subdivision or local governmental agency or authority laws.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications herein stated, we are of the opinion that:

1. Ameristar St. Charles is a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Missouri.

2. Ameristar Kansas City is a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Missouri.

3. Ameristar St. Louis is a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Missouri.

October 7, 2011

Page 3

4. Ameristar St. Charles has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

5. Ameristar Kansas City has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

6. Ameristar St. Louis has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

7. Ameristar St. Charles has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

8. Ameristar Kansas City has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

9. Ameristar St. Louis has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party.

10. The execution and delivery by Ameristar St. Charles of the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and the performance by Ameristar St. Charles of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, do not require Ameristar St. Charles to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

11. The execution and delivery by Ameristar Kansas City of the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and the performance by Ameristar Kansas City of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, do not require Ameristar Kansas City to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

12. The execution and delivery by Ameristar St. Louis of the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, and the performance by Ameristar St. Louis of its obligations under the Indenture and the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party, do not require Ameristar St. Louis to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

October 7, 2011

Page 4

13. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by Ameristar St. Charles has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (ii) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar St. Charles nor (iii) the bylaws of Ameristar St. Charles. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery by Ameristar St. Charles of the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party would not violate (a) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (b) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar St. Charles nor (c) the bylaws of Ameristar St. Charles.

14. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by Ameristar Kansas City has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (ii) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar Kansas City nor (iii) the bylaws of Ameristar Kansas City. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery by Ameristar Kansas City of the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party would not violate (a) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (b) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar Kansas City nor (c) the bylaws of Ameristar Kansas City.

15. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by Ameristar St. Louis has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (ii) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar St. Louis nor (iii) the bylaws of Ameristar St. Louis. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery by Ameristar St. Louis of the Missouri Guarantee to which it is a party would not violate (a) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Missouri, (b) the articles of incorporation of Ameristar St. Louis nor (c) the bylaws of Ameristar St. Louis.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matter. The opinions expressed herein are rendered on the date hereof and are based upon the applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect and the facts in existence as they currently exist. In delivering this letter to you, we assume no obligation, and we advise you that we shall make no effort, to update the opinions set forth herein, or to conduct an inquiry into the continued accuracy of such opinions, or to apprise any addressee hereof, its counsel or its assignees of any facts, matters, transactions, events or occurrences taking place, and of which we may acquire knowledge or of any change in any applicable laws or facts occurring after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective.

We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Mitchell Albert                                

EX-5.6

Exhibit 5.6

[Holme Roberts & Owen LLP Letterhead]

October 7, 2011

DENVER BOULDER COLORADO SPRINGS DUBLIN LONDON LOS ANGELES SALT LAKE CITY SAN FRANCISCO

Ameristar Casinos, Inc. 3773 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 490S Las Vegas, NV 89169 Re: Ameristar Casinos, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4 in connection with $800,000,000 aggregate Principal Amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 Ladies and Gentlemen: We have acted as special local counsel to Ameristar Casino Black Hawk, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Company”), with respect to the laws of the State of Colorado in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), of $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Issuer”), to be issued in exchange for the Issuer’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 that were issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Company, the other subsidiaries of the Issuer listed on the signature pages thereof and Wilmington Trust, National Association (successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (the foregoing, the “Transaction”). This opinion is being delivered to you at the request of the Issuer and the Company. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. In connection with this opinion, we have examined the following documents: i. Form of the Notes, including the “Notation of Guaranty” by the Company attached thereto (the “Notation of Guaranty”); ii. The Indenture, including the guaranty by the Company set forth in Article 11 thereof (such guaranty as set forth in such Article 11, together with the Notation of Guaranty, the “Guaranty”);

1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 4100 Denver, Colorado 80203-4541 tel 303.861.7000 fax 303.866.0200

iii. Photocopies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and applicable board resolutions of the Company pertaining to the Transaction, certified as being complete, true and correct by an officer of the Company;

iv. Certificate issued by the Colorado Secretary of State, dated October 3, 2011, relating to the good standing of the Company in the State of Colorado; and

v. Registration Statement on Form S-4 in connection with the Issuer’s $800,000,000 aggregate Principal Amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021, as filed by the Issuer on October 7, 2011 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Act (the “Registration Statement”).

We have also examined originals or photocopies of such other corporate documents and records of the Company and certificates of officers of the Company as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed herein. In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competency of each individual executing any such documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as photocopies of originals and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to all factual matters material to the opinions expressed herein, we have (with your permission and without any investigation or independent verification) relied upon, and assumed the accuracy and completeness of, such certificates and corporate documents and records and the statements of fact and representations and warranties contained in the Indenture and the other documents and instruments examined by us.

Based solely upon the foregoing and subject to the comments, qualifications and other matters set forth herein, we are of the opinion that (subject to compliance with the pertinent provisions of the Act and, with respect to the Indenture, the Notes and the Guaranty, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and to compliance with such securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction as may be applicable, as to which we express no opinion):

1. The Company is a corporation incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.

2. The Company has the requisite corporate power to execute and deliver the Indenture and the Guaranty and to perform its obligations thereunder.

3. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Indenture and the Guaranty have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

4. The execution and delivery by the Company of the Indenture and the Guaranty, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranty, do not require the Company to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Colorado, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

5. The execution and delivery by the Company of the Indenture has not violated (i) any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Colorado known to us to be applicable to the Company or (ii) the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery of the Guaranty by the Company would not violate (a) any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Colorado known to us to be applicable to the Company or (b) the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws.

In rendering this opinion we have made no examination of and express no opinion with respect to (i) the characterization of the Transaction under tax laws and regulations or the tax liabilities of the parties with respect thereto, (ii) matters of anti-trust laws, (iii) matters relating to the statutes and ordinances, the administrative decisions, and the rules and regulations of counties, towns, municipalities and special political subdivisions (whether created or enabled through legislative action at the federal, state or regional level), and similar matters of local law, and judicial decisions to the extent that they deal with any of the foregoing, (iv) matters of securities laws, including, without limitation, any blue sky laws, (v) compliance with applicable antifraud statutes, rules or regulations, (vi) matters of anti-money laundering laws, or (vii) insolvency, pension, employee benefit, environmental, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor, health or safety laws. Without limiting the foregoing, no opinion is expressed herein with respect to (a) the qualification of the Notes or the Guaranty under the securities or blue sky laws of any federal, state or any foreign jurisdiction, or (b) the compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the substantive laws of the State of Colorado.

We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matter. The opinions expressed herein are rendered as of the date hereof. We do not undertake to advise you of matters that may come to our attention subsequent to such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective and that may affect the opinions expressed herein, including without limitation, future changes in applicable law. This letter is our opinion as to certain legal conclusions as specifically set forth herein and is not and should not be deemed to be a representation or opinion as to any factual matters. The opinions expressed herein may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise used or referred to in connection with any other transactions.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Holme Roberts & Owen LLP

EX-5.7

Exhibit 5.7

[Bingham McHale LLP Letterhead]

October 7, 2011

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

Las Vegas, Nevada 89169

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4 $800,000,000 Principal Amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Indiana counsel to Ameristar East Chicago Holdings, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (hereinafter, “Holdings”) and Ameristar Casino East Chicago, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (hereinafter, “East Chicago”) (Holdings and East Chicago being hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the “Indiana Guarantors”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of (i) $800,000,000 principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 14, 2011 (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Annex A hereto (including the Indiana Guarantors) and Wilmington Trust, National Association (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), as trustee (The “Trustee”), and (ii) the Guarantees (the “Guarantees”) of each of the Guarantors endorsed upon the Notes.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the certificate of organization and the operating agreement of each of the Indiana Guarantors, such other records of the proceedings of the Indiana Guarantors and certificates of the managers, members and/or officers of the Indiana Guarantors as we have deemed relevant, as well as the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and the exhibits thereto.

In our capacity as special Indiana counsel to the Indiana Guarantors in connection with such registration, we are familiar with the proceedings taken and proposed to be taken by the Indiana Guarantors in connection with the authorization and issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

October 7, 2011

Page 2

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic or facsimile copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

While certain members of our firm are admitted to practice in other jurisdictions, for purposes of this letter, we have examined only the laws of the State of Indiana. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to (i) the qualification of the Notes or Guarantees under the securities or blue sky laws of any federal, state or any foreign jurisdiction, (ii) the compliance with any federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof, (iii) tax, insolvency, antitrust, pension, employee benefit, environmental, intellectual property, banking, insurance, labor, and health and safety laws or (iv) any county, municipality or other political subdivision or local governmental agency or authority laws.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the qualifications herein stated, we are of the opinion that:

1. Each of the Indiana Guarantors is a limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Indiana.

2. Each of the Indiana Guarantors has the limited liability company power to execute, deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees.

3. Each of the Indiana Guarantors has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under, the Indenture and the Guarantees, and has duly executed and delivered the Indenture.

4. The execution and delivery by the Indiana Guarantors of the Indenture and the Guarantees, and the performance by the Indiana Guarantors of their respective obligations under the Indenture and the Guarantees, do not require the Indiana Guarantors to obtain any approval by or make any filing with any governmental authority under any statute, rule or regulation of the State of Indiana, other than approvals and filings previously obtained or made and in full force and effect.

5. The execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Indiana Guarantors has not violated (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Indiana or (ii) their respective articles of organization or operating

Ameristar Casinos, Inc.

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway

Suite 490S

October 7, 2011

Page 3

agreement. If executed and delivered on the date hereof, the execution and delivery of the Guarantees by the Indiana Guarantors would not violate (i) any applicable statute, rule or regulation of the State of Indiana or (ii) their respective articles of organization or operating agreement.

The opinions expressed herein are based upon the applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect and the facts in existence as of the date of this letter. In delivering this letter to you, we assume no obligation, and we advise you that we shall make no effort, to update the opinions set forth herein, or to conduct an inquiry into the continued accuracy of such opinions, or to apprise any addressee hereof, or its counsel or assignees, of any facts, matters, transactions, events or occurrences taking place, and of which we may acquire knowledge, after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective, or of any change in any applicable laws or facts occurring after such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective, which may affect the opinions set forth herein.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matter. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Bingham McHale LLP

ANNEX A

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

CACTUS PETE’S, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO VICKSBURG, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO COUNCIL BLUFFS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO LAS VEGAS, INC.

A.C. FOOD SERVICES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. LOUIS, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO KANSAS CITY, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO ST. CHARLES, INC.

AMERISTAR CASINO BLACK HAWK, INC.

AMERISTAR EAST CHICAGO HOLDINGS, LLC

AMERISTAR CASINO EAST CHICAGO, LLC

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (unaudited)

	Year Ended December 31,															Six Months Ended June 30, 2011			Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
	2010			2009			2008(1)			2007			2006
	(dollars in thousands)
Earnings:
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	20,760		$	(6,169	)	$	(210,870	)	$	116,498		$	98,390		$	(15,224	)	$	(21,823	)
Fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest)		121,971			107,537			77,307			58,430			50,954			52,609			68,863
Amortization of capitalized interest		4,966			3,476			2,110			1,040			405			6,480			6,483
Total earnings	$	147,697		$	104,844		$	(131,453	)	$	175,968		$	149,749		$	43,865		$	53,523
Fixed charges:
Interest expense (including amortization of debt discount and issuance costs), net of capitalized interest	$	121,233		$	106,849		$	76,639		$	57,742		$	50,291		$	52,219		$	68,499
Capitalized interest		684			8,964			14,091			19,879			8,120			152			430
Estimated interest component of rent expense		738			688			668			688			663			390			364
Total fixed charges	$	122,655		$	116,501		$	91,398		$	78,309		$	59,074		$	52,761		$	69,293
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		1.20	x		0.90	x		—			2.25	x		2.53	x		0.83	x		0.77	x

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2008, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $40,055.

EX-23.8

Exhibit 23.8

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Ameristar Casinos, Inc. for the registration of $800,000,000 7.50% Senior Notes due 2021 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated March 16, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada

October 7, 2011

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

File No.                    

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890

(Address of principal executive offices)

Robert C. Fiedler

Vice President and Counsel

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8541

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC¹

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Nevada	88-0304799
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

3773 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 490S
Las Vegas, Nevada	89169
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

7.50% Senior Notes due 2021

(Title of the indenture securities)

1 SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

EXACT NAME OF CO-OBLIGORS AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER	STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION	PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER	I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
Cactus Pete’s, Inc.	Nevada	7990	88-0069444
Ameristar Casino Vicksburg, Inc.	Mississippi	7990	64-0827382
Ameristar Casino Council Bluffs, Inc.	Iowa	7990	93-1151022
Ameristar Casino Las Vegas, Inc.	Nevada	7990	88-0360636
A.C. Food Services, Inc.	Nevada	7990	86-0885736
Ameristar Casino St. Louis, Inc.	Missouri	7990	43-1879218
Ameristar Casino Kansas City, Inc.	Missouri	7990	36-4401000
Ameristar Casino St. Charles, Inc.	Missouri	7990	36-4401002
Ameristar Casino Black Hawk, Inc.	Colorado	7990	20-1290693
Ameristar East Chicago Holdings, LLC	Indiana	7990	26-0302265
Ameristar Casino East Chicago, LLC	Indiana	7990	26-0302265

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

1. A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

2. The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

3. The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

5. Not applicable.

6. The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

7. Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

8. Not applicable.

9. Not applicable.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 6^th day of October, 2011.

WILMINGTON TRUST,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Jane Y. Schweiger            

Name: Jane Y. Schweiger

Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

(1) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

(2) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any

annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.

FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

(1) The name and address of each proposed nominee.

(2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

(3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

- 2 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

(4) The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

(5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.

FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be three million (3,000,000) shares of common stock of the par value of one dollar ($1.00) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

- 3 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.

The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and

- 4 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association. A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

(1) Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

(2) Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

(3) Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

(4) Dismiss officers and employees.

(5) Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

(6) Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

(7) Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

(8) Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

(9) Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

(10) Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

(11) Make contracts.

(12) Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such

- 5 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.

EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

- 6 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have

- 7 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law,

- 8 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.

- 9 -

[WTNA Articles of Association]

EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

BYLAWS

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law,

shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.

Section 3. Nominations of Directors. Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than

- 2 -

those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

(1) The name and address of each proposed nominee;

(2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

(3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

(4) The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

(5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

Section 4. Proxies. Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

- 3 -

Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.

ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 1. Board of Directors. The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

Section 2. Number. The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

Section 3. Organization Meeting. The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their

- 4 -

election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

Section 4. Regular Meetings. The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting

- 5 -

directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

Section 7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 8. Procedures. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section 9. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 10. Vacancies. When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a

- 6 -

majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

Section 1. Loan Committee. There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on

- 7 -

behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section 2. Investment Committee. There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section 3. Examining Committee. There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and

- 8 -

whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section 4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

Section 5. Other Committees. The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.

However, a committee may not:

(1) Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

(2) Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

(3) Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

(4) Amend articles of association;

(5) Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

(6) Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

- 9 -

Section 5. Committee Members’ Fees. Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section 1. Chairperson of the Board. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

Section 2. President. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

- 10 -

Section 3. Vice President. The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section 4. Secretary. The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

Section 5. Other Officers. The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section 6. Tenure of Office. The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become

- 11 -

disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

Section 7. Resignation. An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

ARTICLE V

Fiduciary Activities

Section 1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles, annually or more often. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Section 2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

Section 3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where

- 12 -

such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made and does not vest in the association a discretion in the matter, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section 1. Transfers. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

Section 2. Stock Certificates. Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.

The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

- 13 -

(1) The types of nominees to which it applies;

(2) The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

(3) How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

(4) The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

(5) The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

(6) Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section 1. Seal. The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

- 14 -

Section 2. Execution of Instruments. All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

Section 3. Records. The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section 5. Indemnification.

For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in

- 15 -

connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such

- 16 -

person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall

- 17 -

authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have

- 18 -

assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section 1. Inspection. A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section 2. Amendments. The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.

I,                     , certify that: (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of                              and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

- 19 -

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this            day of            .

(Secretary or Treasurer)

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.

- 20 -

EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: October 6, 2011	By: /s/ Jane Y. Schweiger
	Name: Jane Y. Schweiger
	Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT 7

REPORT OF CONDITION

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on June 30, 2011:

	Thousands of Dollars
ASSETS
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:		265,521
Securities:		106
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:		0
Loans and leases held for sale:		0
Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:		0
Premises and fixed assets:		15,686
Other real estate owned:		0
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:		0
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:		0
Intangible assets:		14,301
Other assets:		199,271
Total Assets:		494,885
	Thousands of Dollars
LIABILITIES
Deposits		108,590
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		0
Other borrowed money:		0
Other Liabilities:		161,043
Total Liabilities		269,633
	Thousands of Dollars
EQUITY CAPITAL
Common Stock		0
Surplus		225,418
Retained Earnings		(166	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		0
Total Equity Capital		225,252
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital		494,885

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated             , 2011

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2011, OR SUCH LATER DATE AND TIME TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The exchange agent is:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

By hand delivery, mail or overnight courier at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

c/o Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Sam Hamed

or

By facsimile transmission

(for eligible institutions only):

(302) 636-4139

Confirm by telephone:

(302) 636-6181

TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT ONE OF ITS ADDRESSES SET FORTH ABOVE, WITH ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION, AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION TIME. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

1

The instructions set forth in this Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.

By execution of this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned acknowledges that he, she or it has received the prospectus, dated            , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and this Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute the offer of the Company (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. Recipients of the Prospectus should carefully read the Prospectus, including the requirements described in the Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used to tender Outstanding Notes:

• if certificates representing tendered Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith; or

• if a tender is made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange” in the Prospectus, unless an Agent’s Message (as defined below) is transmitted in lieu thereof.

The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, electronically transmitted by DTC to the Exchange Agent, forming part of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from the tendering holder of the Outstanding Notes that such holder has received and agrees to be bound by, and makes each of the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and, further, that such holder agrees that the Company may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such holder.

Only registered holders are entitled to tender their Outstanding Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer. In order for any holder of Outstanding Notes to tender in the Exchange Offer all or any portion of such holder’s Outstanding Notes, the Exchange Agent must receive, at or prior to the Expiration Time, this Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message, the certificates for all physically tendered Outstanding Notes or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes being tendered into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, and all documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, or a notice of guaranteed delivery.

Any participant in DTC’s system whose name appears on a security position listing as the registered owner of Outstanding Notes and who wishes to make book-entry delivery of Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through ATOP, for which the Exchange Offer will be eligible, by following the applicable procedures thereof. Upon such tender of Outstanding Notes:

• DTC will verify the acceptance of the tender and execute a book-entry delivery of the tendered Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC;

• DTC will send to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance an Agent’s Message forming part of such book-entry transfer; and

• transmission of the Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message.

Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Outstanding Notes must:

• complete the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered”;

2

• if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, broker dealers, special issuance instructions and special delivery instructions;

• complete the box entitled “Sign Here to Tender Your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer”; and

• complete the Substitute Form W-9 accompanying this Letter of Transmittal or the applicable IRS Form W-8, which may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

If a holder of Outstanding Notes desires to tender his, her or its Outstanding Notes for exchange and, at or prior to the Expiration Time, (1) such holder’s Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, (2) such holder cannot deliver to the Exchange Agent his, her or its Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal, and all other documents required hereby, or (3) such holder cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, then such holder must tender the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” See Instruction 2 of this Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Offer may be extended, terminated, or amended as provided in the Prospectus. During any such extension of the Exchange Offer, all Outstanding Notes previously tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain subject to the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer is scheduled to expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2011, unless extended by the Company.

Persons who are beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes but are not registered holders and who desire to tender Outstanding Notes should contact the registered holder of such Outstanding Notes and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner’s behalf.

SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.

3

The undersigned hereby tenders for exchange the Outstanding Notes described in the box below entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered” pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED
(1) Name and Address of Registered Holder (Please fill in, if blank)	(2) Outstanding Notes’ Certificate Numbers(A)	(3) Principal Amount Tendered for Exchange(B)
		$
(A)   Need not be completed if Outstanding Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer.   (B)   The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount of Outstanding Notes and integral multiples   of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If this column is left blank, it will be assumed that the holder is tendering all   of such holder’s Outstanding Notes.

    ¨              ¨                  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.        CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:

  DTC Account Number: Transaction Code Number:

By crediting Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with ATOP and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including transmitting an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal, the participant in ATOP confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal applicable to it and such beneficial owners as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent.

  ¨               CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name of Registered Holder:

Window Ticket Number (if any):

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:

Name of Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:

  ¨               CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO:

Name:

Address:

4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, acceptance for exchange of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest in and to all such Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) with respect to such Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to:

• deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by DTC, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to the Company;

• present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Company; and

• receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned represents and warrants that he, she, or it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes and to acquire the Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned also warrants that he, she, or it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by DTC.

The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of certain of its obligations under the registration rights agreement that was filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which the Prospectus is a part.

The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made by the Company in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties. The Company believes that Exchange Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or that tenders Outstanding Notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business, and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes. However, the Company does not intend to request that the SEC consider, and the SEC has not considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and therefore the Company cannot guarantee that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer. The undersigned acknowledges that if the interpretation of the Company of the above mentioned no-action letters is incorrect, such holder may be held liable for any offers, resales or transfers by the undersigned of the Exchange Notes that are in violation of the Securities Act. The undersigned further acknowledges that neither the Company nor the Exchange Agent will indemnify any holder for any such liability under the Securities Act.

The undersigned represents and warrants that:

• such holder is not an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

5

• the Exchange Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer will be obtained in the ordinary course of such holder’s business;

• neither such holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such holder, any other person receiving Exchange Notes from such holder, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes;

• if the holder is not a broker-dealer, such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person or participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

• if such holder is a broker-dealer, the Outstanding Notes being tendered for exchange were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (and not directly from the Company), and it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes received in respect of such Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus in connection with the resale of the Exchange Notes, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the undersigned will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act with respect to resale of any Exchange Notes.

Any holder of Outstanding Notes who is an affiliate of the Company who tenders Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes:

• may not rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in its series of interpretive no-action letters with respect to exchange offers; and

• must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred pursuant to this Letter of Transmittal and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, and personal and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned.

Outstanding Notes properly tendered may be withdrawn at any time at or prior to the Expiration Time in accordance with the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions, some of which may be waived or modified by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, as described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of such conditions the Company may not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any of the Outstanding Notes validly tendered hereby. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, waive any right to receive any notice of the acceptance or rejection of their Outstanding Notes for exchange.

The Company is not aware of any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the tender of Outstanding Notes in connection therewith would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. If the making of the Exchange Offer would not be in compliance with the laws of any jurisdiction, the Exchange Offer will not be made to the registered holders residing in such jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please return any certificates representing Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange and certificates representing Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Outstanding Notes in the name of the holder appearing under “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered.” Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail any certificates representing Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange (and

6

accompanying documents, as appropriate) and any certificates representing Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Outstanding Notes to the address of the holder appearing under “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered.” In the event that both the “Special Issuance Instructions” and the “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange in the name of, and return any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange to, the person so indicated. Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions,” in the case of a book-entry delivery of Outstanding Notes, please credit the account of the undersigned maintained at DTC appearing under the table “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered” with any Outstanding Notes not accepted for exchange or any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Outstanding Notes. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the special issuance instructions to transfer any Outstanding Notes from the name of the holder thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Outstanding Notes so tendered or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Outstanding Notes.

  SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)   To be completed ONLY if (i) certificates for Exchange Notes issued for Outstanding Notes, or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or certificates for Outstanding Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer that are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above.   Issued to:   Name: ___________________________________________ (Please Print) Address: ___________________________________________   ___________________________________________   ___________________________________________ (Including Zip Code)   ___________________________________________ (Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number)   Credit Outstanding Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below:   ___________________________________________ (DTC Account Number)   SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)   To be completed ONLY if the certificates for Exchange Notes issued for Outstanding Notes, certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or certificates for Outstanding Notes not tendered for exchange are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown above.   Mail to:   Name: ___________________________________________ (Please Print) Address: ___________________________________________   ___________________________________________   ___________________________________________ (Including Zip Code)   ___________________________________________ (Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number)

7

SIGN HERE TO TENDER YOUR OUTSTANDING NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Signature of holder of Outstanding Notes

  Dated:                     , 20    

Must be signed by the registered holder of Outstanding Notes exactly as the name appears on certificate(s) representing the Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing or by a person authorized to become a registered holder by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by an attorney-in-fact, executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information and see Instruction 6.

  Capacity (Full Title):

  Name:

(Please type or print)

  Address:

(Include Zip Code)

  Area Code and Telephone Number:

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE

(If required – see Instructions 1 and 6)

  Authorized Signature:

  Name:

(Please type or print)

  Title:

  Name of Firm:

  Address:

(Include Zip Code)

  Area Code and Telephone Number:

  Dated:                     , 20    

IMPORTANT: COMPLETE AND SIGN THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

8

INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

1. Guarantee of Signature. Any signature on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed if the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are tendered:

• by the registered holder of Outstanding Notes thereof, unless such holder has completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” above; or

• for the account of an Eligible Institution. The term “Eligible Institution” means an institution that is a member in good standing of a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program recognized by the Exchange Agent, for example, the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program. An Eligible Institution includes firms that are members of a registered national securities exchange, members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., commercial banks or trust companies having an office in the United States or certain other eligible guarantors.

In all other cases, any signature on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

2. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates for Outstanding Notes or Book-Entry Confirmations; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. In order for a holder of Outstanding Notes to tender all or any portion of such holder’s Outstanding Notes, the Exchange Agent must receive either a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) or, if tendering by book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message with respect to such holder, the certificates for all physically tendered Outstanding Notes, or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes being tendered into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, and any other required documents, at or prior to the Expiration Time, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Delivery of the documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The method of delivery to the Exchange Agent of this Letter of Transmittal, Outstanding Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the holder thereof. If such delivery is by mail, it is suggested that holders use properly insured registered mail, return receipt requested, and that the mailing be sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Time to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent at or prior to such date. Except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. This Letter of Transmittal and Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange should be sent only to the Exchange Agent, not to the Company or DTC.

If holders desire to tender Outstanding Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer and, if at or prior to the Expiration Time:

• certificates representing such Outstanding Notes are not lost but are not immediately available;

• time will not permit this Letter of Transmittal, certificates representing Outstanding Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent; or

• the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed;

such holder may effect a tender of Outstanding Notes for exchange in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures:

• at or prior to the Expiration Time, the Exchange Agent must have received from an Eligible Institution, at one of the addresses of the Exchange Agent set forth above, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile, mail or hand delivery) substantially in the form provided by the Company setting forth the name and address of the registered holder of such Outstanding Notes, the certificate numbers and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes being tendered for exchange and stating

9

that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, together with certificates representing the Outstanding Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account with DTC and an Agent’s Message) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and

• this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof, properly completed together with duly executed certificates for all physically delivered Outstanding Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account with DTC and an Agent’s Message) and all other required documents must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, waive any right to receive any notice of the acceptance or rejection of their Outstanding Notes for exchange.

3. Inadequate Space. If the space provided in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered” above is not adequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of Outstanding Notes tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

4. Withdrawal of Tenders. A tender of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time at or prior to the Expiration Time by delivery of a written or facsimile notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal must:

• be received by the Exchange Agent at or prior to the Expiration Time;

• specify the name of the person having tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers, if applicable, and principal amount of such Outstanding Notes);

• specify the principal amount of Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn;

• where certificates for Outstanding Notes were transmitted, specify the name in which such Outstanding Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder, and the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn;

• if Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer, specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC;

• include a statement that such holder is withdrawing his, her or its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged;

• be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Outstanding Notes were tendered, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless such withdrawing holder is an Eligible Institution) or be accompanied by documents of transfer (including a signature guarantee by an Eligible Institution) sufficient to permit the trustee under the Indenture to register the transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

• specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person tendering the Outstanding Notes.

The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of the notice of withdrawal. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawal, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

10

Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with DTC specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender Outstanding Notes for Exchange” in the Prospectus at any time at or prior to the Expiration Time.

5. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Outstanding Notes, fill in the principal amount of Outstanding Notes that are tendered for exchange in column (3) of the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered,” as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. A blank in column (3) of the box will indicate that the holder is tendering all of such holder’s Outstanding Notes. In the case of a partial tender for exchange, a new certificate, in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will be sent to the holders of Outstanding Notes unless otherwise indicated in the boxes entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” above, as soon as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

6. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements.

• If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificate(s) without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

• If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are names in which certificates are held.

• If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of its authority to so act must be submitted, unless waived by the Company.

• If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required, unless certificates for Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder thereof. In such event, signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

• If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes, the certificates representing such Outstanding Notes must be properly endorsed for transfer by the registered holder or be accompanied by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder, in either case signed by such registered holder exactly as the name of the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes appears on the certificates. Signatures on the endorsement or bond power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

• If the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes are to be issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, this Letter of Transmittal must be accompanied by bond powers or other documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee under the Indenture to register the transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the name of such person.

11

7. Transfer Taxes. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of the payment of such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

8. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. If the Exchange Notes are to be issued or if any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent to a person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Outstanding Notes tendering Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Outstanding Notes not accepted for exchange be credited to such other account maintained at DTC as such holder may designate. In such event, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

9. Irregularities. All questions as to the forms of all documents and the validity of (including time of receipt) and acceptance of the tenders and withdrawals of Outstanding Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. Alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will not be considered valid. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of Outstanding Notes that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which would, in the Company’s opinion, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects or irregularities as to the tender of any particular Outstanding Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding. Any defect or irregularity in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Company determines, unless waived by the Company. Tenders of Outstanding Notes shall not be deemed to have been made until all defects or irregularities have been waived by the Company or cured. Neither the Company nor the Exchange Agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in tenders of Outstanding Notes, or will incur any liability to registered holders or beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes for failure to give such notice.

10. Waiver of Conditions. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company reserves the right to waive any and all conditions to the Exchange Offer as described under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” in the Prospectus, and accept for exchange any Outstanding Notes tendered. To the extent that the Company waives any condition to the Exchange Offer, it will waive such condition as to all Outstanding Notes.

11. Tax Identification Number and Backup Withholding. Federal income tax law generally requires that a holder of Outstanding Notes whose tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange or such holder’s assignee (in either case, the “Payee”), provide the Exchange Agent (the “Payor”) with such Payee’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”), which, in the case of a Payee who is an individual, is such Payee’s social security number. If the Payor is not provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption, such Payee may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and backup withholding at the applicable withholding rate (which is currently 28%) on all reportable payments (such as interest), that are made to the Payee with respect to the Exchange Notes. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.

To prevent backup withholding, each Payee must provide the Exchange Agent such Payee’s correct TIN by completing the “Substitute Form W-9” accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such Payee is awaiting a TIN) and that:

• the Payee is exempt from backup withholding;

12

• the Payee has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such Payee is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends; or

• the Internal Revenue Service has notified the Payee that such Payee is no longer subject to backup withholding.

If the Payee does not have a TIN, such Payee should consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “W-9 Guidelines”) for instructions on applying for a TIN. A Payee who has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future should check the “Awaiting TIN” box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9, and should sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number set forth therein. If such a

Payee does not provide his, her or its TIN to the Exchange Agent within 60 days, backup withholding on all reportable payments will begin and continue until such Payee furnishes such Payee’s TIN to the Exchange Agent.

If the Outstanding Notes are held in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report.

Exempt Payees (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. To prevent possible erroneous backup withholding, an exempt Payee must enter its correct TIN in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9, check the “Exempt” box in Part 4 of such form and sign and date the form. See the W-9 Guidelines for additional instructions. In order for a nonresident alien or foreign entity to qualify as exempt from these backup withholding and information reporting requirements, such person must complete and submit an appropriate Form W-8, signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such form may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

12. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Notes. Any holder of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal for further instructions.

13. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Requests for assistance with respect to the procedures for the Exchange Offer or for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or the W-9 Guidelines may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.

14. Incorporation of this Letter of Transmittal. This Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and acknowledged and accepted by, a tender through DTC’s ATOP procedures by any participant on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of any Outstanding Notes so tendered by such participant.

IMPORTANT - This Letter of Transmittal, together with certificates for tendered Outstanding Notes, with any required signature guarantees or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, together with all other required documents or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at or prior to the Expiration Time.

13

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

What Number to Give the Payer

The holder is required to give the Payer his or her TIN (e.g., Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number). If the Outstanding Notes are held in more than one name or are held not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

PAYER’S NAME: Wilmington Trust, National Association

SUBSTITUTE FormW-9	Part 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX TO THE RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.	Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service	Part 2 - Certification - Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: (1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (i) I am exempt from backup withholding, (ii) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) after being so notified, the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and (3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)	Certificate instructions - You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you receive another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). Signature                                                                            Name                                                                                  Address:                                                                            (Please Print) Date             , 20		Part 3           Awaiting TIN  ¨   Part 4 Exempt from backup withholding ¨

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED

THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalty of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be subject to backup withholding at the applicable withholding rate (which is currently 28%) until I provide such a number.

Signature                                                       Date             , 20    

Name (please print)                                                                                                                           

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AT THE APPLICABLE WITHHOLDING RATE (WHICH IS CURRENTLY 28%) ON ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED “GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9” FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer.—Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens, i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen, i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the Payer.

For this type of account:	Give name and SOCIAL SECURITY Number of —
1.   An individual’s account	The individual
2.   Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)
3.   Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor (2)
4.   a. A revocable savings trust account (in which grantor is also trustee)	The grantor trustee (1)
b. Any “trust” account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law	The actual owner (1)
5.   Sole proprietorship account	The owner (3)
6.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust	The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) (4)

For this type of account:	Give name and EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION Number of —
7.      Corporate account or entity electing corporate status	The corporation
8.      Religious, charitable or educational organization account	The organization
9.      Partnership or multi-member LLC treated as a partnership	The partnership
10.   Association, club, or other tax-exempt organization	The organization
11.   A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
12.   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.

(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.

(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your Employer Identification Number or your Social Security Number.

(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Page 2

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you do not know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for resident individuals), Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for businesses and all other entities), or Form W-7 for International Taxpayer Identification Number (for alien individuals required to file U.S. tax returns), at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

To complete Substitute Form W-9 if you do not have a taxpayer identification number, write “Applied For” in the space for the taxpayer identification number in Part I, sign and date the Form, and give it to the requester. Generally, you will then have 60 days to obtain a taxpayer identification number and furnish it to the requester. If the requester does not receive your taxpayer identification number within 60 days, backup withholding, if applicable, will begin and will continue until you furnish your taxpayer identification number to the requester.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Unless otherwise noted herein, all references below to section numbers or to regulations are references to the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

1. A corporation.

2. A financial institution.

3. An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(F)(2).

4. The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

5. A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

6. A foreign government or a political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

7. An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

8. A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the United States or a possession of the United States.

9. A real estate investment trust.

10. A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

12. A foreign central bank of issue.

13. A future commission merchant registered with the Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

14. A person registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

• Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

• Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and which have at least one nonresident partner.

• Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.

• Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

• Payments made to a nominee.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

• Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if (i) this interest is $600 or more, (ii) the interest is paid in the course of the Payer’s trade or business, and (iii) you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the Payer.

• Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).

• Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

• Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

• Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

• Payments made to a nominee.

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Page 3

Exempt payees described above should file a Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER. FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under Sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A.

Privacy Act Notices—Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividends, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to the Payer who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The Payer must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. The Payer must generally withhold tax at the applicable withholding rate (which is currently 28%) taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to the Payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number—If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to the Payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Statements With Respect to Withholding—If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information—If you falsify certifications or affirmations, you are subject to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated             , 2011

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON         , 2011, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “EXPIRATION TIME”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION TIME.

The exchange agent is:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

By hand delivery, mail or overnight courier at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

c/o Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Sam Hamed

or

By facsimile transmission

(for eligible institutions only):

(302) 636-4139

Confirm by telephone:

(302) 636-6181

TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT ONE OF ITS ADDRESSES SET FORTH ABOVE AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION TIME. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

As set forth in the prospectus dated             , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be used to accept the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”), if at or prior to the Expiration Time (1) the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, (2) Outstanding Notes cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed. This form must be delivered by an eligible institution (as described in the Prospectus) by mail or hand delivery or transmitted via facsimile to the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above at or prior to the Expiration Time. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an eligible institution under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (receipt of which are hereby acknowledged), the principal amount of Outstanding Notes specified below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. By so tendering, the undersigned does hereby make as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of a tendering holder of Outstanding Notes set forth in the Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned understands that exchange of the Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes will be made only after valid receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1) such Outstanding Notes, or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and (2) a Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a book-entry transfer, that states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement that the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and makes each of the representations and warranties contained in, the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce the Letter of Transmittal against the undersigned. The undersigned agrees that the Outstanding Notes surrendered for exchange will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn if the Exchange Agent receives at one of its addresses specified on the cover of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, at or prior to the Expiration Time, a Notice of Withdrawal, including the name of the holder having tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes the holder delivered for exchange, the certificate number(s) (if any) of the Outstanding Notes and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his, her or its election to have such Outstanding Notes or any specified portion thereof exchanged, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

2

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Signature of registered holder or Authorized Signatory:

Name of registered holder:

Address:

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes exactly as his, her, or its name appears on the certificate(s) for the Outstanding Notes or, if tendered by a DTC participant, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes, or by a person authorized to become a registered holder by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

Date:                     , 20    

Area Code and Telephone No.:

Principal Amount of Outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due

2021 Tendered:

Certificate No.(s) of Outstanding Note(s) (if available):

¨       If Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, check box, and provide account number:

DTC Account No.:

DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS FORM. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT TOGETHER WITH A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU THEREOF.

If the signature above is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

  Name:

  Capacity:

PLEASE PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS

GUARANTEE ON REVERSE MUST BE COMPLETED

3

GUARANTEE

(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a participant in the Security Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program, or certain other eligible guarantor institutions as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (each, an “Eligible Institution”), hereby guarantees that the certificates for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, in each case together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent’s Message, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.

The Eligible Institution that completes this form must communicate the guarantee to the Exchange Agent and must deliver the Letter of Transmittal and certificates representing the Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent, or in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message and confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, within the time periods shown herein. The undersigned acknowledges that failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such Eligible Institution.

PLEASE PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS

Name of Firm:

Authorized Signature:

Name:

Title:

Date:                     , 20    

Address:

	(Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number:

4

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

LETTER TO BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS,

TRUST COMPANIES AND OTHER NOMINEES

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated             , 2011

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2011, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “EXPIRATION TIME”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION TIME.

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus dated , 2011 (the “Prospectus”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), up to $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (the “Exchange Offer”). The Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreement that the Company entered into with the initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of the Outstanding Notes. As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes. The Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal more fully describe the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Outstanding Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Outstanding Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, we are enclosing the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated , 2011;

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients;

3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if, at or prior to the Expiration Time, certificates for Outstanding Notes are not available, if time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed;

4. A form of letter that may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Outstanding Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer; and

5. Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer identification number on Substitute Form W-9.

Your prompt action is required. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2011, unless extended. Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time at or prior to the Expiration Time.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must be sent to the Exchange Agent, and certificates representing the Outstanding Notes must be delivered to the Exchange Agent (or book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes must be made into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC), all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes held by such brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the procedure for tendering Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to Wilmington Trust, National Association, (as successor by merger to Wilmington Trust FSB), the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.

Very truly yours,

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

2

EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

LETTER TO CLIENTS

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated             , 2011

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2011, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “EXPIRATION TIME”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME AT OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION TIME.

To our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is the prospectus dated             , 2011 (the “Prospectus”) and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) that together constitute the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), to exchange up to $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreement that the Company entered into with the initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of the Outstanding Notes. As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes. The Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal more fully describe the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes carried by us in your account, but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes can be made only by us as the registered holder for your account and pursuant to your instructions. The enclosed Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used to tender Outstanding Notes.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2011, unless extended by the Company. If you desire to exchange your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Outstanding Notes on your behalf at or prior to the Expiration Time in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time at or prior to the Expiration Time.

Your attention is directed to the following:

1. The Exchange Offer is described in and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

2. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Outstanding Notes.

3. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the Company will accept for exchange promptly following the Expiration Time all Outstanding Notes validly tendered and will issue Exchange Notes promptly after such acceptance.

4. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Outstanding Notes from the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.

5. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2011, unless extended by the Company. If you desire to tender any Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, we must receive your instructions in ample time to permit us to effect a tender of the Outstanding Notes on your behalf at or prior to the Expiration Time.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Outstanding Notes must represent to the Company that:

• the holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company;

• the Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the holder;

• neither the holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such holder, any other person receiving Exchange Notes from such holder, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer;

• if the holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes;

• if the holder is a broker-dealer, the holder will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged by the holder for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and the holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and such holder will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act with respect to resale of any Exchange Notes.

Any person who is an affiliate of the Company, or is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and such person cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its series of interpretative no-action letters with respect to exchange offers.

The enclosed “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form contains an authorization by you, as the beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes, for us to make, among other things, the foregoing representations on your behalf.

We urge you to read the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal in conjunction with the Exchange Offer carefully before instructing us to tender your Outstanding Notes. If you wish to tender any or all of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, please so instruct us by completing, executing, detaching and returning to us the instruction form attached hereto.

None of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given, your signature on the attached “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Holder” shall constitute an instruction to us to tender ALL of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account.

2

AMERISTAR CASINOS, INC.

Instructions to Registered Holder

from Beneficial Owner

of

7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

(CUSIP Nos. 03070Q AM3 and U02677 AE9)

for new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated             , 2011 (the “Prospectus”) of Ameristar Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), that together constitute the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of new 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of outstanding 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Outstanding Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, on the terms and subject to the conditions in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

The aggregate face amount of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in the amount):

$                     of the 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

¨ To TENDER the following Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Outstanding Notes to be tendered, if less than all):

$                     of the 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2021

¨ NOT to tender any Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned is instructing you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that you are authorized:

• to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that:

• the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company;

• the undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned;

• neither the undersigned nor, to the actual knowledge of the undersigned, any other persons receiving Exchange Notes from the undersigned, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer;

• if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes;

3

• if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged by the undersigned for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and the undersigned will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and such holder will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act with respect to resale of any Exchange Notes; and

• the undersigned acknowledges that any person who is an affiliate of the Company or is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and such person cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its series of interpretative no-action letters with respect to exchange offers;

• to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal; and

• to take such other action as necessary under the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of Outstanding Notes.

SIGN HERE

Name of Beneficial Owner:

Signature:

Capacity (full title) ⁽¹⁾:

Address:

Telephone Number:

Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number:

¨       CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER DEALER

Date:            , 20    

⁽¹⁾  Please provide if signature is by an attorney-in-fact, executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity.

4